hummy.tv Wiki - User contributions [en]

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2026-04-01T12:45:24Z

Ezra pound: /* Enable Auto-Decrypt */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-

<pre>
humax#sidecar

sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#

</pre>

'''NOTES'''

#The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
#TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms Here
#if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-

*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package provides some additional functionality to the 'transport' controls.
A reboot will be required after installation.

When this package is installed the following changes are made to the transport controls:

The first press of the pause button will pause as before but subsequent presses will each advance by one frame. Use the play button to resume normal playback.

After the slow (trick mode) button is pressed, slow mode is activated, the Rewind and FFwd buttons will then slow it down or speed it up respectively. To change direction first pause and then select a direction using Rewind/FFwd (it will then start moving at the slowest speed). Repeated presses of these buttons will speed up/slow down still further. Press Play to resume normal operation.

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1/4 fwd
*Rew button: x1/8 fwd
*Rew button: x1/16 fwd [Further presses of the rewind button will not change the speed or direction]
*Pause button: pause
*Rew button: x1/16 rew
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1 rew

If the FFwd button is pressed instead then the above sequence is reversed.

Known bugs:

When playing a remote recording via a dlna network connecton, a frame advance occurs only on alternate presses of the pause button.
The onscreen display of speed/direction will be incorrect when using the slow modes - this is very unlikely to be fixable.
Slow reverse tends to skip frames when viewing HiDef content and some low bandwidth StdDef content. This may be due to hardware limitations

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Remote Scheduling Settings

2025-05-07T18:18:06Z

Ezra pound: /* Settings Notes */

[[File:RS-Settings.png]]
===Settings Notes===
*E-Mail notification of conflicts that arise will be sent daily at 7:15am
*If Devices >> humax >> Description is preceded with a '!' e.g. !My-Humax, then only the text after the '!' will be displayed in the Device page header, e.g. the host name and unit type will be omitted
*The Registered Email Address shown in the Account Settings above can be changed in the setting section of the Web-Fi (not in this Remote Sheduling settings page), goto the Web-If Main Menu >> Settings >> Settings for rs package >> New Email Address

===Related Links===

*[[Remote_Scheduling|Remote Scheduling (Main)]]

*[[Remote_Scheduling_Visual|Remote Scheduling Visual]]

*[[Remote Scheduling Auto|RS Automatic Scheduling]]

*[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal |RS Multi-mode Recording]]

Remote Scheduling Settings

2025-05-07T18:16:33Z

Ezra pound: /* Settings Notes */

[[File:RS-Settings.png]]
===Settings Notes===
*E-Mail notification of conflicts that arise will be sent daily at 7:15am
*If Devices >> humax >> Description is preceded with a '!' e.g. !My-Humax, then only the text after the '!' will be displayed in the Device page header, e.g. the host name and unit type will be omitted
*The Registered Email Address shown above can be changed in the setting section of the Web-Fi (not in this Remote Sheduling settings page), goto the Web-If Main Menu >> Settings >> Settings for rs package >> New Email Address

===Related Links===

*[[Remote_Scheduling|Remote Scheduling (Main)]]

*[[Remote_Scheduling_Visual|Remote Scheduling Visual]]

*[[Remote Scheduling Auto|RS Automatic Scheduling]]

*[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal |RS Multi-mode Recording]]

Main Page

2025-03-28T16:28:09Z

Ezra pound:

__NOTOC__
[[File:15000K.png|right|150px]]
'''''Welcome to the hummy.tv wiki'''''

This Wiki primarily supplies information for the Humax HDR-Fox T2 and HD-Fox T2 products

running both Custom Firmware and Standard Humax Firmware

For more help and advice, visit the [[Forum_Links |'''hummy.tv forum pages''']]

== VFAQ ==

*[[Custom_Firmware_Overview| What is Custom Firmware?]]

*[[Encryption| What is Encryption?]]

*[[Padding versus Accurate Recording| Padding or Accurate Recording?]]

*[[Which_Version| What are the differences between the available versions?]]

==Custom Firmware Guides==

*[[Custom_TV_Portal|Custom TV Portal (New Portal)]]
**[[Custom_TV_Portal_(Legacy)|Previous Custom TV Portals]]
**[[Custom_TV_Portal_Diag|Custom TV Portal Diagnostics]]
*[[DetectAds|DetectAds detect and remove ad breaks]]
*[[Edit_On_Box|Edit On Box (Nicesplice )]]
*[[Foxlink|Foxlink - HDR to HD Link Guide]]
*[[Multi-mode_Recording | Multi-Mode Recording (Padding / AR)]]
*[[Remote Scheduling]]
**[[Remote_Scheduling_Visual|Remote Scheduling Visual]]
**[[Remote Scheduling Auto|Automatic Scheduling]]
**[[Remote_Scheduling_Settings|Remote Scheduling Settings]]
**[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal |RS Multi-mode Recording]]
**[[Remote Scheduling Mobile Edition|RS Mobile Edition]]
*[[TV_Diary |TV Diary ]]
*[[sweeper |Sweeper ]]
*[[Diagnostic_Utilities |Web-If Diagnostic Utilities]]
*[[WebIf_Remote_Controller|Web-If Remote Controller]]
*[[FlexView| FlexView]]
*[[ChaseDecrypt|ChaseDecrypt - Decrypt while recording]]

== Customised Firmware Features==

*[[Customised Firmware Release Notes]]

*[[Install Modified Firmware |Install Customised Firmware]]

*[[Install Full Web Interface]]

*[[Icons|Custom Firmware Icons]]

*[[Password Protect the Web Interface]]

*[[Manually loading Features from USB|Manually installing packages from a USB disk]] (for boxes without Internet access)

*[[Converting_a_USB_Flash_Drive_to_EXT2_on_a_HD-Fox_T2| Convert USB Flash Drive to EXT2 for Custom Firmware and Recording (HD Fox T2 only)]]

*[[Decrypt recordings on the HD-FOX T2 |Decrypt recordings on the HD-FOX T2 (Note :- NOT for HDR-Fox T2 Users) ]]

*[[2TB_Disk_Installation_Blog | Upgrading the HDR Internal hard drive to 2TB]]

*[[Very_Large_Hard_Drive|Upgrading the HDR Internal hard drive above 2TB]]

*[[Telnet|Use Telnet to connect to the Humax Command Line Interface (CLI)]]

*[[Change_Media_Server_Name|Change Media Server Name]]

*[[Maintenance_Mode |Maintenance Mode]]

*[[Maintenance_Mode_Disk_Check|Maintenance Mode Disk Check (Fix-Disk)]]

*[[Timeline|Development Timeline]]

*[[Disk_Problem | Hard Disk Errors]]

*[[Remove Modified Firmware |Remove Customised Firmware ]]

== Resources ==

*[[Firmware Downloads2 | Firmware Downloads]]

*[[Web Interface Screenshots]]

*[[Smartphone Web Interface Screenshots|Smartphone (Mobile) Web Interface Screenshots]]

*[[Customised Firmware - Features Available]]

*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes|Customised Firmware - Package Notes]]

*[[Fixes / Work Arounds for Known Bugs]]

== General Information ==

*[[Hidden Settings Menu | Access the Hidden Settings Menu]]

*[[Access your box from the Internet]]

*[[AV2HDR-T2 | Add Humax Functionality to a Non Humax Video File]]

*[[Remote_Disassembled | Disassemble Your Remote Control]]

*[[Download Standard Def. file without USB Copy]]

*[[FTP Hi-Def Content Using FOXY |Download Standard Def and HI-Def. Files (Using FOXY) ]]

*[[Editing_HDR_Recordings | Edit Your Recordings with P.C. Programs]]

*[[Firmware_Error_Codes |Firmware Error Codes ]]

== Technical Information ==

*[[Create Packages]]

*[[Compile Software for the Humax]]

*[[Internal Flash Layout]]

*[[Hardware Information]]

*[[Hardware Fixes]]

*[[Kernel Versions]]

*[[Databases on the Humax]]

*[[HMT File Format]]

*[[NTS File Format]]

== Help ==

*[[FAQs]]

*[[Glossary Of Terms]]

*[[Useful Links]]

Main Page

2025-03-28T16:25:52Z

Ezra pound:

__NOTOC__
[[File:15000K.gif|right|150px]]
'''''Welcome to the hummy.tv wiki'''''

This Wiki primarily supplies information for the Humax HDR-Fox T2 and HD-Fox T2 products

running both Custom Firmware and Standard Humax Firmware

For more help and advice, visit the [[Forum_Links |'''hummy.tv forum pages''']]

== VFAQ ==

*[[Custom_Firmware_Overview| What is Custom Firmware?]]

*[[Encryption| What is Encryption?]]

*[[Padding versus Accurate Recording| Padding or Accurate Recording?]]

*[[Which_Version| What are the differences between the available versions?]]

==Custom Firmware Guides==

*[[Custom_TV_Portal|Custom TV Portal (New Portal)]]
**[[Custom_TV_Portal_(Legacy)|Previous Custom TV Portals]]
**[[Custom_TV_Portal_Diag|Custom TV Portal Diagnostics]]
*[[DetectAds|DetectAds detect and remove ad breaks]]
*[[Edit_On_Box|Edit On Box (Nicesplice )]]
*[[Foxlink|Foxlink - HDR to HD Link Guide]]
*[[Multi-mode_Recording | Multi-Mode Recording (Padding / AR)]]
*[[Remote Scheduling]]
**[[Remote_Scheduling_Visual|Remote Scheduling Visual]]
**[[Remote Scheduling Auto|Automatic Scheduling]]
**[[Remote_Scheduling_Settings|Remote Scheduling Settings]]
**[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal |RS Multi-mode Recording]]
**[[Remote Scheduling Mobile Edition|RS Mobile Edition]]
*[[TV_Diary |TV Diary ]]
*[[sweeper |Sweeper ]]
*[[Diagnostic_Utilities |Web-If Diagnostic Utilities]]
*[[WebIf_Remote_Controller|Web-If Remote Controller]]
*[[FlexView| FlexView]]
*[[ChaseDecrypt|ChaseDecrypt - Decrypt while recording]]

== Customised Firmware Features==

*[[Customised Firmware Release Notes]]

*[[Install Modified Firmware |Install Customised Firmware]]

*[[Install Full Web Interface]]

*[[Icons|Custom Firmware Icons]]

*[[Password Protect the Web Interface]]

*[[Manually loading Features from USB|Manually installing packages from a USB disk]] (for boxes without Internet access)

*[[Converting_a_USB_Flash_Drive_to_EXT2_on_a_HD-Fox_T2| Convert USB Flash Drive to EXT2 for Custom Firmware and Recording (HD Fox T2 only)]]

*[[Decrypt recordings on the HD-FOX T2 |Decrypt recordings on the HD-FOX T2 (Note :- NOT for HDR-Fox T2 Users) ]]

*[[2TB_Disk_Installation_Blog | Upgrading the HDR Internal hard drive to 2TB]]

*[[Very_Large_Hard_Drive|Upgrading the HDR Internal hard drive above 2TB]]

*[[Telnet|Use Telnet to connect to the Humax Command Line Interface (CLI)]]

*[[Change_Media_Server_Name|Change Media Server Name]]

*[[Maintenance_Mode |Maintenance Mode]]

*[[Maintenance_Mode_Disk_Check|Maintenance Mode Disk Check (Fix-Disk)]]

*[[Timeline|Development Timeline]]

*[[Disk_Problem | Hard Disk Errors]]

*[[Remove Modified Firmware |Remove Customised Firmware ]]

== Resources ==

*[[Firmware Downloads2 | Firmware Downloads]]

*[[Web Interface Screenshots]]

*[[Smartphone Web Interface Screenshots|Smartphone (Mobile) Web Interface Screenshots]]

*[[Customised Firmware - Features Available]]

*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes|Customised Firmware - Package Notes]]

*[[Fixes / Work Arounds for Known Bugs]]

== General Information ==

*[[Hidden Settings Menu | Access the Hidden Settings Menu]]

*[[Access your box from the Internet]]

*[[AV2HDR-T2 | Add Humax Functionality to a Non Humax Video File]]

*[[Remote_Disassembled | Disassemble Your Remote Control]]

*[[Download Standard Def. file without USB Copy]]

*[[FTP Hi-Def Content Using FOXY |Download Standard Def and HI-Def. Files (Using FOXY) ]]

*[[Editing_HDR_Recordings | Edit Your Recordings with P.C. Programs]]

*[[Firmware_Error_Codes |Firmware Error Codes ]]

== Technical Information ==

*[[Create Packages]]

*[[Compile Software for the Humax]]

*[[Internal Flash Layout]]

*[[Hardware Information]]

*[[Hardware Fixes]]

*[[Kernel Versions]]

*[[Databases on the Humax]]

*[[HMT File Format]]

*[[NTS File Format]]

== Help ==

*[[FAQs]]

*[[Glossary Of Terms]]

*[[Useful Links]]

File:15000K.png

2025-03-28T16:23:08Z

Ezra pound:

Customised Firmware - Features Available

2023-08-12T16:55:31Z

Ezra pound:

__NOTOC__
After a successful upgrade of Customised Firmware some extra features are immediately available e.g. [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HTTP''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']], The Standard FTP Server will still be available for access to 'Media' Files, FTP Notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#FTP | '''HERE''']], For access to the full File System see Betaftpd Notes.[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''HERE''']]. You can add extra features using the Web Interface, Via Telnet or [[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''VIA USB (See Guide)''']], The Tables below show the additional packages available e.g. Web-IF >> Package Management screen, the package links below are only required by Humax boxes that don't have access to the internet

For a direct link to the Packages server [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html '''Click HERE''']

For a direct link to the Beta Packages server [https://hpkg.tv/hdrfoxt2/beta.html '''Click HERE''']

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle.png|50px|left]]
! width="400"|Bundle files (e.g. *.OPB) contain additional support files
|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle2.png|50px|left]]
! width="300"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Flash Bundle files (for the HD FOX-T2)''']]

|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle3.png|50px|left]]
! width="200"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Loadable Only Via USB''']]
|}

'''For Information on Web-If Packages See '''[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes | '''NOTES''']]

==Features Built into The Full Web Interface==
NOTE: When the full Web Interface is installed via HTTP the following features are automatically added.
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|Built into Web-If
|-
| Fix-Disk HDD analyse and repair utility
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| HTTP Access (Simple Web Interface)
| N/A
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| OPKG 0.1.8 Open PacKaGe Management
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#OPKG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| Telnet
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_1.5.1-1_mipsel.opk WEB Interface Ver 1.5.1-1 for the Humax]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif_1.5.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''Via HTTP''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk EPG Ver. 1.2.7 (Command Line)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#EPG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk Busybox 1.20.2-1 Unix Utilities]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk HMT Utility 2.0.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#HMT | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim_0.77_mipsel.opk Jim TCL Interpreter 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk - Jim CGI 0.7-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk - Jim Sqlite 0.77-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk - Jim Object Orientation Extension 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk - Jim Pack for 0.71]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk LSOF LiSt Open Files diagnostic tool 4.87]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#lsof | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk Service Control Utility 2.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Service_Control| '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk SQLite3 3_3.15.1 utility & library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk SSMTP 2.64 E-Mail sender]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SSMTP | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|}

==Features Loadable From the Package Management screen==
Note:- Advanced Packages are only displayed in the Package Management screen if 'Turned On' in :- Web-if >> Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Show development and advanced packages = Yes

{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|
S = Standard
A = Advanced
R = Removed
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk 7Zip 9.20.1 File Archive Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#7Zip | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk Abduco 0.6-1 Lightweight session manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Abduco | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk Anacron 2.3-2 Periodic Cron]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk Apache Runtime 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk - Apache Runtime Utils 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk - Apache Serf Library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Arbookmarks 1.0.2-1 Auto add AR bookmarks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Arbookmarks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk At 3.1.18 examine/delete jobs for later execution]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#At | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Atexit 1.0.0. Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk Auto Schedule Restore 1.3 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto_Schedule_Restore | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk Auto Unprotect 2.0.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Unprotect | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk Auto Update 2.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk Badnts 1.0.1-1 Zero size NTS file fix]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#badnts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk Bash 4.3-30]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bash | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libdb_4.2.52_mipsel.opk Berkeley DB Libraries 4.2.52]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.2.52_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk Betaftpd 0.0.8pre17-4 FTP Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk Bin Utils 2.21-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk Boot HDR 1.1 for HD Fox Only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BootHDR | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk Boot Settings 1.0.2 Set system parameters]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Boot_Settings | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Bsed 1.0.0. Search Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bsed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk Byacc 20101127]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Bzip2 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk C-based HTTP client library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk C library - floating-point 3.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| Channeldel 1.0.2 Automatic channel deletion
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=channeldel_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Channeldel |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk Chaseget 0.1.1-6 Retrieve & decrypt recording]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Chaseget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk Cifs 2.6.18]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CIFS |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk Character set conversion library 1.13.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk Crashdiag 1.1 Capture Memory Dump]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Crashdiag | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk MPC 0.8.2 floating-point library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk Coreutils 8.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk Cpu Limit 0.1.1-0 CPU usage limiter]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CPU_Limit | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk Cron Daemon 1.18.3-4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk Ctorrent 3.3.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Curl Command 1.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Curl_Command | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk Custom TV Portal 1.12-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk DB Update 1.0.0 Database Update Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DB Update |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Dedup 1.0.1 De-Duplicate Command Line]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk Detect Ads 0.2.4-1 Bookmark advert breaks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Detectads |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk Disable DSO 0.3-1 Disable Digital Switch Over]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_DSO | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk Disable OTA_1.0.3-4 Inhibit Software Upgrade]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_OTA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk DLNA-Filter 1.1.1 Block selected DLNA link]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Filter | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk DLNA-Servername 1.0.3 Change Media Server Name]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Servername | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk Dropbear SSH 2016.74]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SSH |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk Dropbear SFTP (greenend) 1.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SFTP |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk Dvbsnoop 1.4.50 DVB file inspector]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dvbsnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk DUMA 2.5.15 Detect Unintended Memory Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DUMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk E2fs Progs 1.42.13]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#E2fs_Progs | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk EPGfix 1.0.0 Update unattended Humax EPGs]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgfix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| EPG keyword V1.0.1 Emailer
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epg_Keywords_.28Web-If.29 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Epgpatch 1.0.3 fix EPG Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgpatch | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk Event loop 2.0.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Exfat 1.2.6 Exfat file format support]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk Exfat Builder 1.2-1 Exfat format suport source]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat_Builder | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fan 1.0.0 control fan speed]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fan | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fcntl64 1.0.0.Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk Ffmpeg 2.8-1 MPEG Encoder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ffmpeg | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk File Utility 5.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk Fix Disk 0.5 Hard Disk Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk Flatten 1.0.7-2 Remove Series Sub Directories]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatten | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2//base/flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Flatview 1.0.5-1 Alternative to Flatten]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatview | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk Flexget 1.0r2710 Get torrents etc.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flexget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk FlexView 0.1.1-2 Recordings Manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[FlexView | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk Forcedate 1.1 Set Date to 16 Nov 2011 12:34:56 GMT]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Foxlink 1.0.2-1 HDR to HD/HDR Linker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Foxlink | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Fuse 2.7.6-1 Filesystem in Userspace driver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fuse | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk Git 1.8.1 Distributed version control system]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Git | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk GNU Awk 3.1.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk GNU Compiler 4.5.2-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk GNU Debugger 7.1-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk GNU Dbm Database Routines 1.8.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk Gnu Fdisk 1.3.0a-1 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Gnu_Fdisk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk GNU Make Utility 3.82]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk GNU MP Library 5.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk GNU Tar 1.26-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk GNU Zip 1.2.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk GNU readline library 6.2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk GNU Stream EDitor 4.2.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk Hdparm 9.43 Hard Disk Parameter Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hdparm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk Header Files uClibc 1.6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk Hrwconv 0.0.1 ffmpeg Wrapper script]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hrwconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk Humaxrw Humax 9000 series file copier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humaxrw | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Humidify 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Hwctl 1.0.0 Hardware Control]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hwctl | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk Id3v2 0.1.11-1 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Id3v2 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk Inadyn 1.96.2-2 Dynamic DNS Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Inadyn |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk Inotify Tools 3.14]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk ir 1.12-1 A Web-If Remote Controller]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk In-Use 1.0.0 File Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| | [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#In_Use | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| webif-iphone_1.0.1 I-Phone Ver 1.0.1 Interface for Web-If
|
| [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots#I-Phone_Web-Interface | '''VIEWS''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-binary_0.76_mipsel.opk Jim Binary 0.76]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.76_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Jim Xconv 1.0.0 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jimxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Jpnevulator 1.3.1 Serial Port Sniffer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jpnevulator | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk Joe 3.7-1 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk LAME MP3 Library 3.98.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk LDD Utility 0.9.31]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LDD | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk Libparted 3.1 Libparted]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LibParted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk Libpcre 8.37-1 Perl Regular Expressions Library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libpcre | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk Libsndfile 1.0.25-2 C library for sound files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libsndfile | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Libxconv 1.01 ISO-6937 to UTF-8 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk Libunwind 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libunwind | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk Lighttpd 1.4.39-1 Web Server]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Lighttpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/m4_1.4.16_mipsel.opk M4 1.4.16 Unix macro processor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#M4 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk Mediatomb UPnP MediaServer 0.11.0r2-7]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mediatomb |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk Micro perl interpreter 5.10.1-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| Micro telnet server utelnet 0.1.9]
|
|
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk PKG Tools 1.0.1 OPKG Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk Mplayer Media encoder/player 32726]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk MTD flash Utilities 1.4.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk Mvdisks 0.1 Mounts USB Drives under My Video]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mvdisks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk Multienv 1.7-1 Environment modifier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Multienv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Multimode 1.0.1 Select AR Vs Padding]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Multi-mode_Recording | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk Nano 2.2.6 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk ncurses library 5.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk Network Shares Automount 1.4-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk Net Tools Network utilities 1.60]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Newk 1.0.5-1 Remove Prefixes from Series titles]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Newk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk New Portal 1.01-1 (Custom TV Portal)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk NFS Utils 1.2.3-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk Nicesplice 1.8 File Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk Nicesplice Magic Folders 1.2 File Editing Via Remote]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Remote_Only | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk NTFS 3G 2013.1.13-2 Mount NTFS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_3g |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk NTFS Progs 2013.1.13-1 Filesystem Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_Progs |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk Ntp Client 2010-365-5 Set Time from Internet]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk Nugget 0.97-1 Nugget framework]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk Open SSL 1.0.0.d]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk - Open SSL Libaries 0.9.8r]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk opkg-beta 1.1 Add Beta Packages]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Opkg-beta | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk Parted 3.1-1 Partition Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Parted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk PERL Ver. 5.10.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk Polar SSL encryption library 0.14.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/popol_0.3_mipsel.opk Popol 0.3 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=popol_0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Popol | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-xtra1_1.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-3 Custom Portal Plugin]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-xtra1_0.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk Portal Foscam_1.2 Display IP Webcam]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk PortMap 6.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Poweron Channel_1.0.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Poweron-Channel | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk Procps 3.2.8-3 Unix Processes Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Procps | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk Progbackup 0.2b.1 Backup recordings]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Progbabkup | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk Python programming language 2.7.1-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk - Python Django Web framework 1.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk - Python Setup 0.6c11-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python_Setuptools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk rc-app-bridge 1.0.0 support for Humax Remote app.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rc_app_bridge | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk Qtube 0.1.0-0 Webif queueing for Youtube-dl]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Qtube | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/redring_2.20_mipsel.opk Redring 2.20 Recording Indicator]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=redring_2.20_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Redring | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk Recmon 2.2.1-1 Recording end monitor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Recmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Renumber 1.0.0 Channel Re Numbering
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=renumber_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Renumber | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk Remote scheduling ver. 1.5.0-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Remote_Scheduling |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk rsvsync 1.1.11 Boot time sync service]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsvsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk rsync file copying tool 3.0.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| rt3070 Replacement wireless driver
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#rt3070 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk Samba server 2.2.12-6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Samba |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk Scons 2.2.0 Software Construction tool]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Scons |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk Sidecar 2.4 Recreates sidecar files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin All 1.0.1 Install All Screensavers]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk Screensaver 0.3.2 Alternative Display Loader]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 3X5 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 7Seg 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Agen 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Avatar 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Black 1.0.0. Blank Screensaver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Cursor 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Dot 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-BlueD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-BlueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Maze 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin VFD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Wedge 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Random 1.0.0. Random Selection]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk Sed 4.2.1 Stream Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Series Filer 0.2.2 Sorts Files into Folders
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Series_Filer | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk Sg3 Utils 1.41 Low-level SCSI utils]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sg3utils | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk Shed Simple Hex Editor 1.15-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Sqlite 3 3.7.6-1 access to SQLite databases]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Sqlite3 Xconv 1.0.1 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3xconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk Smartmontools S.M.A.R.T. Monitor 6.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk Soundout 0.1a extracts the sound from files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk Squashfs tools 3.1r2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Stripts 1.3.1 TS File Shrinker and file decryption]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Sysmon 1.2.6 Sytem Monitoring Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sysmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk Strace System Trace Utility 4.5.20-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Strace | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk Subversion Version Control System 1.6.16]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Swapper 1.0.1 change swap file size]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Swapper |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk Sweeper 2.1.5-5 Single file Management]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[sweeper | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk TagLib Audio Meta-Data Library 1.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk TCL Check 1.2-1 TCL Syntax checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCL Check | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk Tcpdump Network traffic tool 3.9.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk TCP Fix 1.0.0 RFC1323 TCP problem]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tcpfix| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk TCP Ping 1.1 TCP Ping Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCP Ping| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Tempmon 1.0.1 High Temperature Warning]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tempmon |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Thumbnails 1.0.4 generate thumbnails]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Thumbnails |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Tidy Folders 1.0.3 Removes empty folders]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tidy Folders |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk Tmenu 1.22 Telnet Menu]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk Tnftp 20151004-3 FTP Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tnftp |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk Transmission BitTorrent client 2.84-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Transmission_.28Bit_Torrent.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/trm_1.1_mipsel.opk Trm Delete File in blocks 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=trm_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Trm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk TTY Snoop 0.3.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TTYSnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk Tunefix 1.5.2 Post retune fixer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk Tunefix Update 1.0.21 Auto Channel Update]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix_Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk TV Diary 0.0.3-11 Events Logger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[TV_Diary | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk Tweak 1.0 Binary tweak utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tweak | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk uclibc Development libraries 0.9.31-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk Undelete 1.6-4 File Retreival]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| Unencrypt 0.1.4 In Situ file de-cryption
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Unencrypt | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk Uinput 2.8.6 User-space input kernel ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Uinput | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk Utility Library 0.9.29]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk Vfdtest 1.1 Display All-On]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vfdtest | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 basic features only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 Standard features]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk2 2.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk2 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk Web-If Channel Icons 1.1.25]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web-IF Channel Icons | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk Web-If Charts 1.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif-Charts| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wget_1.12_mipsel.opk wget Ver 1.12 - includes HTTPS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wget_1.12_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#wget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Webshell 1.0.3 Command Line Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webshell | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk Wireless Helper 1.1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Wireless_Helper | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk Wireless Tools 29-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk WPA Supplicant 0.6.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk XML parsing library 2.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk Youtube-dl Download videos ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk Zeroconf 1.5-2 mDNS Responder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zeroconf| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zip_3.0_mipsel.opk Zip 3.0 File compress utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zip_3.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zip| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|}

==Features only loadable Via USB (Not available from Web-If)==
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Feature
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="90"|[[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''USB''']]
|-
| Enable Telnet re-enables Telnet after a notelnet
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/enable-telnet_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| DeRMA remove RMA Message from the front Panel
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/derma_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DeRMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-1 (Flash Version)
| [[File:bundle2.png|25px|centre|link=http://www64.zippyshare.com/v/94381904/file.html]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Portal_Xtra1_(USB) | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Reset Webif (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/reset_1.0.1_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Reset_Webif | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| kernel with EFI support (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hpkg.tv/fwx/HDR_kernels.zip]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Kernels | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HDR-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpQWtNcXNoV2RWMVE]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HD-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpNE1Ibk1KOHA0c2M]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Clear IP Tables (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbkdQSmtIa09mR2c]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Force Maintenance mode (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbDlhNDFNMk91cFk]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|}

==Miscellaneous Software Utilities==

{| border="1"
|-
! width="500"|Utility Links
! width="50"|Info. Link
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/av2hdr-t2-zip.3779/ AV2HDR-T2 v1.0 for Windows (By raydon)] FOR HDR-FOX T2 Only
| [[AV2HDR-T2 | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/foxy-zip.1990/ FOXY (By raydon)]
| [[FTP_Hi-Def_Content_Using_FOXY | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-linux hmt for Linux platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-linux | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-solaris hmt for Solaris platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-solaris | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_linux_x86-zip.4064/ sidecar_2.8_linux_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_windows_x86-zip.4063/ sidecar_2.8_windows_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://filecloud.io/pcfukglza TSTools v1.12 (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TSTools | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpeVFCTUFXWVg3X0E Humidify-1.0.2.zip cross platform version (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-linux Stripts (Including Offline Decryption)for Linux systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-omnios Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for OmniOS/OpenIndiana/SmartOS/Solaris x86 systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-macosx Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for MacOSX systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts.exe Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for Windows Command Line (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://wikidll.com/red-hat/cygwin1-dll#download Cygwin1.dll required by the above Windows strips.exe file]
| [https://www.cygwin.com/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/hfodu2-zip.3673/ Offline Decryption for Windows - HFODU (By EEPhil)]
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/windows-version-of-offline-decryption-hfodu.8770/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip Android App. for HDR-Fox T2 Control by kjhskj75]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Android-Remote | '''NOTES''']]
|}

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2023-03-26T14:58:45Z

Ezra pound: /* Transportx */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-

<pre>
humax#sidecar

sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#

</pre>

'''NOTES'''

#The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
#TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms Here
#if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-

*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package provides some additional functionality to the 'transport' controls.
A reboot will be required after installation.

When this package is installed the following changes are made to the transport controls:

The first press of the pause button will pause as before but subsequent presses will each advance by one frame. Use the play button to resume normal playback.

After the slow (trick mode) button is pressed, slow mode is activated, the Rewind and FFwd buttons will then slow it down or speed it up respectively. To change direction first pause and then select a direction using Rewind/FFwd (it will then start moving at the slowest speed). Repeated presses of these buttons will speed up/slow down still further. Press Play to resume normal operation.

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1/4 fwd
*Rew button: x1/8 fwd
*Rew button: x1/16 fwd [Further presses of the rewind button will not change the speed or direction]
*Pause button: pause
*Rew button: x1/16 rew
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1 rew

If the FFwd button is pressed instead then the above sequence is reversed.

Known bugs:

When playing a remote recording via a dlna network connecton, a frame advance occurs only on alternate presses of the pause button.
The onscreen display of speed/direction will be incorrect when using the slow modes - this is very unlikely to be fixable.
Slow reverse tends to skip frames when viewing HiDef content and some low bandwidth StdDef content. This may be due to hardware limitations

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-08-30T23:27:07Z

Ezra pound: Protected "Custom Firmware Package Notes": unnecessary changes reverted ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) [cascading]

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-

<pre>
humax#sidecar

sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#

</pre>

'''NOTES'''

#The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
#TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms Here
#if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-

*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-08-30T23:23:28Z

Ezra pound: /* Sidecar */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-

<pre>
humax#sidecar

sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#

</pre>

'''NOTES'''

#The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
#TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms Here
#if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-

*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-08-30T22:39:34Z

Ezra pound: /* Sidecar */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-

<pre>
humax#sidecar

sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#

</pre>

'''NOTES'''

The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms Here
if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-

Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-08-30T22:23:13Z

Ezra pound: Reverted edits by Ezra pound (talk) to last revision by Prpr

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

''Web-If >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files''

Recreates "sidecar" files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

The sidecar files are normally created at the time the recording is made, and are essential for HDR-FOX/HD-FOX to provide the full range of transport control (including bookmarks), or access subtitles, surround sound, etc. Without sidecars, a .ts will play (with limited controls) provided it is not encrypted. A recorded .ts file might be stripped of its sidecars if the user was not aware of their importance and only transferred the .ts. Files imported from elsewhere (e.g. created by a video editor or converted from an MP4 download) do not have the relevant sidecar files in the first place.

Other media formats (e.g .mp4) will play, also with limited controls and no surround sound or subtitles, but cannot have sidecars. Converting them to .ts (M2TS) permits the addition of sidecars, which regains extensive transport control and the possibility of subtitles, surround sound, etc.

Command line options (as displayed by command line help, see Note 2):-
<pre>
humax#sidecar
sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#
</pre>

'''NOTES'''
# The Sidecar package is not installed by default and can be installed by the user using the ''Web-If >> Package Management >> Available'' screen. The "Sidecar Files" option is only available on the OPT+ menu (for .ts recordings) if the package has been installed. The option is greyed out if the file is an unsuitable candidate (e.g. is not a .ts, or has not been decrypted).
# If provided with no command options, Sidecar displays the help and exits.
# Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application, may not be compatible. In particular, the file '''''must''''' be in "M2TS" format (192-byte packets, instead of 188-byte as standard for TS) even though it has the .ts extension. Conversion can be achieved using ''ffmpeg'':
#: <code>ffmpeg -i <input file> <output file>.m2ts</code> (then rename the output file to .ts)
# There are versions of Sidecar compiled for Linux and Windows platforms [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''Here''']].
# Sidecar can recreate valid .hmt and .nts file for both video and radio recordings.
# Sidecar cannot process encrypted files (as per original recordings). If the .ts file has not been decrypted since it was recorded, but has lost its .hmt file, the OPT+ option is available and Sidecar can create dummy .hmt and .nts files which are sufficient to allow the file to be decrypted i.e.:-
#* Use Sidecar to create the dummy .hmt and .nts files;
#* Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If;
#* When the .ts file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create .hmt and .nts files providing full transport control;
#* There is no need to delete the dummy .hmt or .nts files, since Sidecar will detect these and replace them with valid files.
:: Alternatively, recordings missing the original .hmt file can be decrypted using the Stripts utility.

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-08-30T22:22:26Z

Ezra pound: Reverted edits by Prpr (talk) to last revision by Black Hole

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

''Web-If >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files''

Recreates "sidecar" files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

The sidecar files are normally created at the time the recording is made, and are essential for HDR-FOX/HD-FOX to provide the full range of transport control (including bookmarks), or access subtitles, surround sound, etc. Without sidecars, a .ts will play (with limited controls) provided it is not encrypted. A recorded .ts file might be stripped of its sidecars if the user was not aware of their importance and only transferred the .ts. Files imported from elsewhere (e.g. created by a video editor or converted from an MP4 download) do not have the relevant sidecar files in the first place.

Other media formats (e.g .mp4) will play, also with limited controls and no surround sound or subtitles, but cannot have sidecars. Converting them to .ts (M2TS) permits the addition of sidecars, which regains extensive transport control and the possibility of subtitles, surround sound, etc.

Command line options (as displayed by command line help, see Note 2):-
<pre>
humax#sidecar
sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#
</pre>

'''NOTES'''
# The Sidecar package is not installed by default and can be installed by the user using the ''Web-If >> Package Management >> Available'' screen. The "Sidecar Files" option is only available on the OPT+ menu (for .ts recordings) if the package has been installed. The option is greyed out if the file is an unsuitable candidate (e.g. is not a .ts, or has not been decrypted).
# If provided with no command options, Sidecar displays the help and exits.
# Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application, may not be compatible. In particular, the file '''''must''''' be in "M2TS" format (192-byte headers, instead of 188-byte as standard for TS) even though it has the .ts extension. Conversion can be achieved using ''ffmpeg'':
#: <code>ffmpeg -i <input file> <output file>.m2ts</code> (then rename the output file to .ts)
# There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''Here''']].
# Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings.
# Sidecar cannot process encrypted files (as per original recordings). If the .ts file has not been decrypted since it was recorded, but has lost its .hmt file, the OPT+ option is available and Sidecar can create dummy hmt and nts files which are sufficient to allow the file to be decrypted, i.e.:-
#* Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files;
#* Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If;
#* When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
#* There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files.
:: Alternatively, recordings missing the original .hmt file can be decrypted using the Stripts utility.

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Hardware Fixes

2022-08-30T17:55:44Z

Ezra pound:

==Reboot Cycle==

SYMPTOMS

The Humax repeatedly re-boots when powering from standby every few seconds, as this can occur for several reasons you can narrow down the possible causes by disconnecting the red power cable between the main board and the Hard Disk drive while the Humax is disconnected from the mains supply, if the Humax then powers up without re-boots, there are only two reported problems that cause this, one is the presents of a corrupted file on the HDD and the other is a failed capacitor that affects the timing of the HDD turn on procedure, this fix details how to locate and replace the faulty capacitor.
The faulty component is a 4u7 (4.7 microfarad) 35V electrolytic capacitor and is located on the front edge of the main board (See red ring in picture)
[[File:Board.png||200px|thumb|left]]

Here is a close-up of the faulty capacitor
[[File:old-c.JPG|200px|thumb|left]]

Here is part of the circuit diagram showing the faulty 4u7 capacitor :-
[[File:diagram.jpg|200px|thumb|left]]

The fix is to replace this capacitor with a 4u7 with a new one, the replacement does not need to be a surface mounted component, a 25V 4u7 radial capacitor can be used, NOTE :- It has been suggested that you can remove the old capacitor by 'twisting' it, however I would not reconmmend doing this as it could damage the board, the component can be removed using a soldering iron on the two visible solder pads (see red pointer above), one at a time

Here is the board with the old capacitor removed :-
[[File:pad.JPG|200px|thumb|left]]

NOTE :- When fitting the new component, the correct polarity MUST be observed, the Negative '-' is furthest away from the edge of the board

Here is the board with the new Radial capacitor installed :-

[[File:new-c.jpg|200px|thumb|left]]

Although quite a few users looked into this re-booting problem, the main credit must go to Newcoppiceman who identified the faulty component, for more details see this post :-

[https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/start-up-fails-when-hdd-connected.10164/page-5#post-158267 '''starting at post #81 here''']

'''Other Tests'''

There has been some suggestion that as the Humaxs are getting old that other SMD electrolytic capacitors may also cause problems, however tests by
[https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/start-up-fails-when-hdd-connected.10164/post-160361 '''Stummery'''] found no other faulty devices suggesting that this device may have been sub standard from new

Hardware Fixes

2022-08-30T16:43:07Z

Ezra pound: Reverted edits by Black Hole (talk) to last revision by Ezra pound

Diagnostic Utilities

2022-08-15T13:46:44Z

Ezra pound: /* Run Diagnostic options */

==Options==

From the main Web-If menu page clicking on Diagnostics will pull up this page :-

[[File:webif-diag.png]]

'''NOTE''' Command Line option is enabled when the Webshell package is installed

==Run Diagnostic options==
'general' diagnostic is the default, The following is a list of other available Diagnostic commands that can replace it :-

*1.03.06 = Gather information from HDR running software version 1.03.06
*4kalign* = Run a check on your hard drive for 4K block alignment
*arbookmarks = scan your existing recordings and set AR start/stop bookmarks to padded recordings
*assignhd = configure a USB Drive on the HD-Fox T2 for use with the Custom Firmware
*boot2fix = Fix some aspects of the 'General' Diagnostic
*cpdiag = custom portal diagnostics
*crontab = display a list of entries in the cron list
*d126 = create a list of non High Def. programmes that are currently flagged with 'ENC' copy protection
*debugtv = Create a humaxtv.log file (Details Below)
*diagmode = Invoke Maintenance Mode after a power cycle
*diskattr = display disk attributes using SMART (smartmontools) data.
*diskattrs = force a run of the nightly disk check process
*diskfree = runs df -h /mnt/hd2 to determin the amount of free space that auto processes can use
*dustbin/empty = force an undelete dusbin empty (note 1 - 10 day delay will still apply)
*encheck = displays possible decryption failures
*encsummary = Lists number of files that are Encrypted and Decrypted
*epgrange* = display date range of EPG data
*fixencflags = fixes 'file is already decrypted but the HMT flag is wrong' message. Also fixes false Dec flag
*fix-flash-packages* = fix problems with packages that reside in Flash, required after a crash/disable.(For packages affected see note 4)
*fixtimestamps = set all recording's timestamps to match the time the recordings finished
*fix-webif = forcibly remove and re-install the web-if. command line = diag fix-webif
*flashmap = show flash memory layout
*flatten = display flatten status information
*force-retune = Initiate a re-tune of TV channels on the Humax after a re-boot. '''Note''' this clears recording schedule and favourites lists
*general* = Carries out several General checks including the presents of a /mod/tmp directory
*hdinfo = Display information for the internal Hard Disk
*ir3/debugon = Enable remote control input to be logged in the humaxtv.log
*ir3/debugoff = disable remote control input being logged in the humaxtv.log
*mmreset = Reset the Multimode state database, if it exists and return "No MM state found" if it doesn't
*plugin_autodisable/off diagnostic = Prevent a crash disabling undelete, redring and ir packages (requires multienv 1.5)
*plugin_autodisable/on diagnostic = reverse a plugin_autodisable/off diagnostic command
*prepare_for_upgrade* = prevent package failure during an upgrade from 1.02.20 or earlier to 1.02.27 or later (See Note 2)
*remove_mod_yes_i_am_sure = removes all Custom Firmware, equivalent to Remove all custom firmware packages and settings option
*remove_mod_on_next_boot = runs 'RESET_CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_ENVIRONMENT' on the next reboot
*remove_portals = remove all installed Custom TV Portals
*removepw = remove password authentication from the web interface
*resetnew* = globally reset the watched and unwatched recordings figures displayed against 'Media Files' folders (In red oval)
*resetrma = remove the Return to Manufacturer (RMA) Mode request (diag resetrma from Telnet)
*reset_unprotect = Forces a rescan of files to be processed using the auto unprotect package
*reset_webif = reset the web interface settings back to the defaults
*retune/302_to_308 = Channel 302 will be renumbered to 308 on the next boot
*retune/kill_800 = remove all channels above 799 on next boot (Note 800 channels can be the 'good' duplicate)
*rs/chanpush = Initiates an instant send of channel information to Remote Scheduling server
*rs/checkin = force a Remote Schedule update with :- /mod/sbin/rs_process now
*rs/diskpush = Initiates an instant send of 'Full' HDD inventory to Remote Scheduling server
*rs/muxdump = runs /mod/bin/rs epg to send Network / Channel information to RS Server
*rs/push = sends TBL_RESERVATION schedule and pending schedule data to RS Server
*rs/sync = clear the local state cache and synchronise everything
*setrma = Request a Return to Manufacturer Mode. Removes Custom Firmware after a reboot
*ssl/fix = Fix openssl errors, eg. can't load library 'libcrypto.so.1.1'
*sweeper/test = Forces a sweep and displays a result for each line in the sweep file
*sysmon/purge = clear the sysmon database
*tsr/disable = disable Time Shift Recording (while tuned to a channel which is not currently broadcasting)
*tsr/enable = re-enable Time Shift Recording
*tsr/reset = reset the Time Shift Recording buffer
*tvdbreset = clears the /mod/var/tvdb folder (everything in there will be regenerated)
*unflatten = recreates a folder hirachy containing recordings following a Flatten process
*unflatten-test = lists where the first 20 files would be placed when using unflatten
*vfdtest* = force all segments of display to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by blank (normal display returns after standby)
*wireless = install wireless-tools and run iwconfig wlan0 to display wireless (dongle) parameters

'''Force Reinstall'''

Enter the name of an installed package here to force a re install in order to fix a problem with it.

'''Notes'''

1) The above diagnostics commands can also be run from a [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] Command line e.g.

diag prepare_for_upgrade 

2) Some packages need to store files in flash rather than on the disk so that they are available before the Humax software starts. Upgrades to 1.02.27 or later can overwrite these flash locations. Prepare_for_upgrade stores copies of the custom files in another flash location so that they can be automatically restored later. (See fix-flash-packages for problems with redring, undelete, portal-xtra1, ir etc)

3) To view the content of a diagnostic option enter e.g. http://hummypkg.org.uk/diag/boot2fix

4) If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==File Editor==

OPEN, SAVE, REVERT, CREATE FILE options allow you to navigate to a text readable file and edit it. There are also some commonly used files listed, e.g. :-

*/mod/etc/anacrontab
*/mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root
*/mod/boot/ir3.map

==Database Browser==

This option allows the used to display the contents of the various *.db database files generated by the Humax from a database 'Menu' it is not possible at present to point that viewer at a file not in the database menu

List of viewable databases [[Databases_on_the_Humax | '''HERE''']]

==Mux Information==

This option displays information showing the channels the tuner has found [[Web_Interface_Screenshots#Diagnostics_-_Channel_Info|'''Details Here''']]

==Disk Diagnostics==
[[File:HDD1.png|100px|right]]
[[File:HDD2.png|100px|right]]
[[File:HDD3.png|100px|right]]

This option displays various tables with information about the internal hard disk drive, as follows :-

*Disk Information . . . Click on Picture to view detail >>

*Attributes . . . Click on Picture to view detail >>

Note :- Please ignore Line 190, is not supported on the Humax

*Self-Test Logs . . . Click on Picture to view detail >>

==Disk Space==
[[File:disk-util.png|100px|right]]
Click on Picture to view detail >>

This option (also available from the pie chart on all Web-If screens), displays the utilisation of the internal hard disk

==DLNA Reset==
[[File:DLNA.png|100px|right]]
Click on Picture to view detail >>

This option allows the Status of the DLNA server to be viewed, there is also an option to Reset The DLNA database, the reset option is used in conjunction with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On/Off, i.e. Content Sharing = Off >> Reset DLNA database >> Content Sharing = On

==Safe Mode==

Suppresses CFW components from starting up. It's a good way to determine whether a problem is caused by the CFW. The only custom component that gets started is a small web server presenting an option to disable safe mode again.

==CFW Reset==

Completely resets the custom firmware by removing everything that it installed on the disk and in flash and then creates a clean-slate CFW environment, this happens during the next system boot and if you connect via web interface then you get the initial setup screen again

==RMA==

Completely resets the custom firmware by removing everything that it installed on the disk and in flash, RMA can be used before installing standard firmware again, returning the unit to a standard one with no traces of the CFW remaining on the disk or in flash

==Reboot System==

Performs a 'soft start' on the Humax, it has the same effect as placing the unit into standby and then immediately taking it back out of standby, it is used implement functions that require a restart

==Maintenance Mode==

When enabled, this function will force the Humax to enter Maintenance Mode during the next reboot

Maintenance Mode allows you to start up your Humax in a mode where neither the standard Humax software nor the custom firmware packages are running, this mode is primarily intended to be used for checking and repairing the hard disk or for modifying files which are locked in normal operation.

See the following links for more details :-

[[Maintenance_Mode | '''Maintenance Mode''']]

[[Maintenance_Mode_Disk_Check | '''Maintenance Mode Disk Check''']]

==Queued Task==

Certain tasks on the Humax such as :- Audio-Extraction, Ad-Detection, Conversion to MPG, Shrink etc. can be 'Queued' to run during a specific period, this option allows queued items to be displayed and managed

'''Notes'''
*Changes to queued items may require a reboot
*This screen is updated every 10 Mins
*The option is also available from the Browse Media Files Screen

==Timer List==
[[File:timer-list.png|200px|right]]

Presents a list of future events held on the humax

==Command Line==

When the Webshell package is installed, this option opens a command line connection to the Humax similar to accessing the Humax via Telnet

==View Log Files==

Opens a viewing screen where it is possible to display the last 5000 lines of any of the available log files, You can select the number of lines contained in each page from 50,100, 200 or 500 and select a page (where page 1 is the most recent). There are also the following options:-
*Highlight = Enter keywords for text to be displayed with a Yellow background
*Reload = regenerate the displayed text
*Clear Log = Remove all text from the selected log file
*Search Log = Display only lines containing keyword text

'''humaxtv.log'''

This is a general events log file that resides in /var/log/humaxtv.log, It is not generated from default. To enable the log run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> degubtv or via the command line enter :-

touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/debugtv HIDE Turn logging on

rm /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/debugtv HIDE Turn logging off

To view the log file via the WebIf, Click on Diagnostics from the Main Menu and then select View Log Files >> humaxtv.log

<pre>
humax# cd /var/log
humax# cat humaxtv.log
-------------------------------------
Initialising Dustbin v1.0
Dustbin debug: 0
Dustbin media root: /mnt/hd2/My Video/
Dustbin path: /mnt/hd2/My Video/[Deleted]
-------------------------------------
route: SIOCADDRT: File exists
DRV_DSC_Init_Begin
SIOCDELRT failed , ret->-1
OCON | initialising controller
Restore reminders from file failed
Persist reminders to file failed

GALIO STARTING
./humaxtv --alt-config /usr/browser/config-ocontroller-si-rootfs.txt --config /var/lib/humaxtv/galio-config.txt
User opts: None
IP Address List: 10.0.0.200
mxDLNA [DLNA DMS DmsRunThread] Start (PID:166 TID:1067660496).......
[mxDlnaFileScanner_create] +++++
[mxDlnaFileScanner_addDirectory] SEARCH_LIST_PATH_EXACT_MATCHED
[mxDlnaFileScanner_create] -----
[mxDlnaFileScanner_addDirectory] SEARCH_LIST_PATH_EXACT_MATCHED
[mxDlnaFileScanner_addDirectory] SEARCH_LIST_PATH_EXACT_MATCHED
[mxDlnaFileScanner_addDirectory] SEARCH_LIST_PATH_EXACT_MATCHED
[ifss_start] +++++
humax#
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-05-11T13:07:09Z

Ezra pound: /* Android-Remote */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Android App '''] installed on your phone / tablet
*Connection to the same home network as the phone / tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-
<pre>
sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#
</pre>

'''NOTES'''
# The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
# TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''Here''']]
# if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-
*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-05-11T12:00:02Z

Ezra pound: /* Android-Remote */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.kjhskj75.humaxfoxt2 '''Android App '''] installed on your phone
*Connection to the same home network as the phone/tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

The Android App. is available [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip '''Click Here''']

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-
<pre>
sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#
</pre>

'''NOTES'''
# The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
# TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''Here''']]
# if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-
*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>

Customised Firmware - Features Available

2022-05-11T11:57:11Z

Ezra pound: /* Miscellaneous Software Utilities */

__NOTOC__
After a successful upgrade of Customised Firmware some extra features are immediately available e.g. [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HTTP''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']], The Standard FTP Server will still be available for access to 'Media' Files, FTP Notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#FTP | '''HERE''']], For access to the full File System see Betaftpd Notes.[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''HERE''']]. You can add extra features using the Web Interface, Via Telnet or [[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''VIA USB (See Guide)''']], The Tables below show the additional packages available e.g. Web-IF >> Package Management screen, the package links below are only required by Humax boxes that don't have access to the internet

For a direct link to the Packages server [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html '''Click HERE''']

For a direct link to the Beta Packages server [https://hpkg.tv/hdrfoxt2/beta.html '''Click HERE''']

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle.png|50px|left]]
! width="400"|Bundle files (e.g. *.OPB) contain additional support files
|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle2.png|50px|left]]
! width="300"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Flash Bundle files (for the HD FOX-T2)''']]

|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle3.png|50px|left]]
! width="200"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Loadable Only Via USB''']]
|}

'''For Information on Web-If Packages See '''[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes | '''NOTES''']]

==Features Built into The Full Web Interface==
NOTE: When the full Web Interface is installed via HTTP the following features are automatically added.
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|Built into Web-If
|-
| Fix-Disk HDD analyse and repair utility
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| HTTP Access (Simple Web Interface)
| N/A
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| OPKG 0.1.8 Open PacKaGe Management
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#OPKG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| Telnet
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk WEB Interface Ver 1.4.2-7 for the Humax]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''Via HTTP''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk EPG Ver. 1.2.7 (Command Line)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#EPG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk Busybox 1.20.2-1 Unix Utilities]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk HMT Utility 2.0.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#HMT | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim_0.77_mipsel.opk Jim TCL Interpreter 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk - Jim CGI 0.7-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk - Jim Sqlite 0.77-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk - Jim Object Orientation Extension 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk - Jim Pack for 0.71]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk LSOF LiSt Open Files diagnostic tool 4.87]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#lsof | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk Service Control Utility 2.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Service_Control| '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk SQLite3 3_3.15.1 utility & library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk SSMTP 2.64 E-Mail sender]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SSMTP | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|}

==Features Loadable From the Package Management screen==
Note:- Advanced Packages are only displayed in the Package Management screen if 'Turned On' in :- Web-if >> Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Show development and advanced packages = Yes

{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|
S = Standard
A = Advanced
R = Removed
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk 7Zip 9.20.1 File Archive Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#7Zip | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk Abduco 0.6-1 Lightweight session manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Abduco | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk Anacron 2.3-2 Periodic Cron]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk Apache Runtime 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk - Apache Runtime Utils 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk - Apache Serf Library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Arbookmarks 1.0.2-1 Auto add AR bookmarks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Arbookmarks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk At 3.1.18 examine/delete jobs for later execution]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#At | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Atexit 1.0.0. Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk Auto Schedule Restore 1.3 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto_Schedule_Restore | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk Auto Unprotect 2.0.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Unprotect | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk Auto Update 2.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk Badnts 1.0.1-1 Zero size NTS file fix]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#badnts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk Bash 4.3-30]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bash | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libdb_4.2.52_mipsel.opk Berkeley DB Libraries 4.2.52]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.2.52_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk Betaftpd 0.0.8pre17-4 FTP Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk Bin Utils 2.21-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk Boot HDR 1.1 for HD Fox Only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BootHDR | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk Boot Settings 1.0.2 Set system parameters]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Boot_Settings | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Bsed 1.0.0. Search Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bsed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk Byacc 20101127]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Bzip2 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk C-based HTTP client library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk C library - floating-point 3.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| Channeldel 1.0.2 Automatic channel deletion
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=channeldel_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Channeldel |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk Chaseget 0.1.1-6 Retrieve & decrypt recording]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Chaseget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk Cifs 2.6.18]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CIFS |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk Character set conversion library 1.13.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk Crashdiag 1.1 Capture Memory Dump]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Crashdiag | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk MPC 0.8.2 floating-point library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk Coreutils 8.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk Cpu Limit 0.1.1-0 CPU usage limiter]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CPU_Limit | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk Cron Daemon 1.18.3-4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk Ctorrent 3.3.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Curl Command 1.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Curl_Command | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk Custom TV Portal 1.12-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk DB Update 1.0.0 Database Update Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DB Update |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Dedup 1.0.1 De-Duplicate Command Line]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk Detect Ads 0.2.4-1 Bookmark advert breaks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Detectads |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk Disable DSO 0.3-1 Disable Digital Switch Over]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_DSO | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk Disable OTA_1.0.3-4 Inhibit Software Upgrade]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_OTA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk DLNA-Filter 1.1.1 Block selected DLNA link]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Filter | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk DLNA-Servername 1.0.3 Change Media Server Name]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Servername | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk Dropbear SSH 2016.74]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SSH |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk Dropbear SFTP (greenend) 1.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SFTP |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk Dvbsnoop 1.4.50 DVB file inspector]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dvbsnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk DUMA 2.5.15 Detect Unintended Memory Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DUMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk E2fs Progs 1.42.13]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#E2fs_Progs | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk EPGfix 1.0.0 Update unattended Humax EPGs]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgfix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| EPG keyword V1.0.1 Emailer
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epg_Keywords_.28Web-If.29 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Epgpatch 1.0.3 fix EPG Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgpatch | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk Event loop 2.0.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Exfat 1.2.6 Exfat file format support]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk Exfat Builder 1.2-1 Exfat format suport source]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat_Builder | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fan 1.0.0 control fan speed]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fan | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fcntl64 1.0.0.Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk Ffmpeg 2.8-1 MPEG Encoder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ffmpeg | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk File Utility 5.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk Fix Disk 0.5 Hard Disk Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk Flatten 1.0.7-2 Remove Series Sub Directories]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatten | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2//base/flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Flatview 1.0.5-1 Alternative to Flatten]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatview | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk Flexget 1.0r2710 Get torrents etc.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flexget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk FlexView 0.1.1-2 Recordings Manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[FlexView | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk Forcedate 1.1 Set Date to 16 Nov 2011 12:34:56 GMT]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Foxlink 1.0.2-1 HDR to HD/HDR Linker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Foxlink | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Fuse 2.7.6-1 Filesystem in Userspace driver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fuse | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk Git 1.8.1 Distributed version control system]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Git | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk GNU Awk 3.1.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk GNU Compiler 4.5.2-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk GNU Debugger 7.1-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk GNU Dbm Database Routines 1.8.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk Gnu Fdisk 1.3.0a-1 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Gnu_Fdisk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk GNU Make Utility 3.82]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk GNU MP Library 5.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk GNU Tar 1.26-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk GNU Zip 1.2.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk GNU readline library 6.2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk GNU Stream EDitor 4.2.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk Hdparm 9.43 Hard Disk Parameter Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hdparm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk Header Files uClibc 1.6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk Hrwconv 0.0.1 ffmpeg Wrapper script]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hrwconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk Humaxrw Humax 9000 series file copier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humaxrw | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Humidify 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Hwctl 1.0.0 Hardware Control]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hwctl | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk Id3v2 0.1.11-1 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Id3v2 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk Inadyn 1.96.2-2 Dynamic DNS Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Inadyn |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk Inotify Tools 3.14]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk ir 1.12-1 A Web-If Remote Controller]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk In-Use 1.0.0 File Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| | [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#In_Use | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| webif-iphone_1.0.1 I-Phone Ver 1.0.1 Interface for Web-If
|
| [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots#I-Phone_Web-Interface | '''VIEWS''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-binary_0.76_mipsel.opk Jim Binary 0.76]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.76_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Jim Xconv 1.0.0 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jimxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Jpnevulator 1.3.1 Serial Port Sniffer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jpnevulator | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk Joe 3.7-1 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk LAME MP3 Library 3.98.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk LDD Utility 0.9.31]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LDD | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk Libparted 3.1 Libparted]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LibParted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk Libpcre 8.37-1 Perl Regular Expressions Library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libpcre | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk Libsndfile 1.0.25-2 C library for sound files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libsndfile | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Libxconv 1.01 ISO-6937 to UTF-8 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk Libunwind 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libunwind | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk Lighttpd 1.4.39-1 Web Server]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Lighttpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/m4_1.4.16_mipsel.opk M4 1.4.16 Unix macro processor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#M4 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk Mediatomb UPnP MediaServer 0.11.0r2-7]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mediatomb |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk Micro perl interpreter 5.10.1-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| Micro telnet server utelnet 0.1.9]
|
|
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk PKG Tools 1.0.1 OPKG Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk Mplayer Media encoder/player 32726]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk MTD flash Utilities 1.4.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk Mvdisks 0.1 Mounts USB Drives under My Video]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mvdisks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk Multienv 1.7-1 Environment modifier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Multienv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Multimode 1.0.1 Select AR Vs Padding]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Multi-mode_Recording | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk Nano 2.2.6 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk ncurses library 5.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk Network Shares Automount 1.4-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk Net Tools Network utilities 1.60]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Newk 1.0.5-1 Remove Prefixes from Series titles]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Newk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk New Portal 1.01-1 (Custom TV Portal)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk NFS Utils 1.2.3-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk Nicesplice 1.8 File Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk Nicesplice Magic Folders 1.2 File Editing Via Remote]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Remote_Only | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk NTFS 3G 2013.1.13-2 Mount NTFS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_3g |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk NTFS Progs 2013.1.13-1 Filesystem Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_Progs |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk Ntp Client 2010-365-5 Set Time from Internet]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk Nugget 0.97-1 Nugget framework]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk Open SSL 1.0.0.d]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk - Open SSL Libaries 0.9.8r]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk opkg-beta 1.1 Add Beta Packages]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Opkg-beta | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk Parted 3.1-1 Partition Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Parted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk PERL Ver. 5.10.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk Polar SSL encryption library 0.14.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/popol_0.3_mipsel.opk Popol 0.3 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=popol_0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Popol | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-xtra1_1.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-3 Custom Portal Plugin]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-xtra1_0.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk Portal Foscam_1.2 Display IP Webcam]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk PortMap 6.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Poweron Channel_1.0.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Poweron-Channel | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk Procps 3.2.8-3 Unix Processes Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Procps | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk Progbackup 0.2b.1 Backup recordings]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Progbabkup | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk Python programming language 2.7.1-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk - Python Django Web framework 1.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk - Python Setup 0.6c11-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python_Setuptools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk rc-app-bridge 1.0.0 support for Humax Remote app.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rc_app_bridge | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk Qtube 0.1.0-0 Webif queueing for Youtube-dl]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Qtube | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/redring_2.20_mipsel.opk Redring 2.20 Recording Indicator]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=redring_2.20_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Redring | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk Recmon 2.2.1-1 Recording end monitor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Recmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Renumber 1.0.0 Channel Re Numbering
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=renumber_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Renumber | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk Remote scheduling ver. 1.5.0-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Remote_Scheduling |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk rsvsync 1.1.11 Boot time sync service]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsvsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk rsync file copying tool 3.0.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| rt3070 Replacement wireless driver
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#rt3070 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk Samba server 2.2.12-6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Samba |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk Scons 2.2.0 Software Construction tool]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Scons |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk Sidecar 2.4 Recreates sidecar files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin All 1.0.1 Install All Screensavers]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk Screensaver 0.3.2 Alternative Display Loader]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 3X5 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 7Seg 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Agen 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Avatar 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Black 1.0.0. Blank Screensaver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Cursor 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Dot 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-BlueD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-BlueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Maze 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin VFD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Wedge 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Random 1.0.0. Random Selection]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk Sed 4.2.1 Stream Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Series Filer 0.2.2 Sorts Files into Folders
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Series_Filer | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk Sg3 Utils 1.41 Low-level SCSI utils]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sg3utils | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk Shed Simple Hex Editor 1.15-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Sqlite 3 3.7.6-1 access to SQLite databases]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Sqlite3 Xconv 1.0.1 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3xconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk Smartmontools S.M.A.R.T. Monitor 6.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk Soundout 0.1a extracts the sound from files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk Squashfs tools 3.1r2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Stripts 1.3.1 TS File Shrinker and file decryption]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Sysmon 1.2.6 Sytem Monitoring Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sysmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk Strace System Trace Utility 4.5.20-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Strace | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk Subversion Version Control System 1.6.16]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Swapper 1.0.1 change swap file size]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Swapper |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk Sweeper 2.1.5-5 Single file Management]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[sweeper | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk TagLib Audio Meta-Data Library 1.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk TCL Check 1.2-1 TCL Syntax checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCL Check | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk Tcpdump Network traffic tool 3.9.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk TCP Fix 1.0.0 RFC1323 TCP problem]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tcpfix| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk TCP Ping 1.1 TCP Ping Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCP Ping| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Tempmon 1.0.1 High Temperature Warning]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tempmon |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Thumbnails 1.0.4 generate thumbnails]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Thumbnails |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Tidy Folders 1.0.3 Removes empty folders]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tidy Folders |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk Tmenu 1.22 Telnet Menu]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk Tnftp 20151004-3 FTP Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tnftp |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk Transmission BitTorrent client 2.84-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Transmission_.28Bit_Torrent.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/trm_1.1_mipsel.opk Trm Delete File in blocks 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=trm_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Trm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk TTY Snoop 0.3.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TTYSnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk Tunefix 1.5.2 Post retune fixer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk Tunefix Update 1.0.21 Auto Channel Update]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix_Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk TV Diary 0.0.3-11 Events Logger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[TV_Diary | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk Tweak 1.0 Binary tweak utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tweak | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk uclibc Development libraries 0.9.31-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk Undelete 1.6-4 File Retreival]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| Unencrypt 0.1.4 In Situ file de-cryption
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Unencrypt | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk Uinput 2.8.6 User-space input kernel ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Uinput | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk Utility Library 0.9.29]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk Vfdtest 1.1 Display All-On]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vfdtest | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 basic features only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 Standard features]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk2 2.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk2 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk Web-If Channel Icons 1.1.25]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web-IF Channel Icons | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk Web-If Charts 1.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif-Charts| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wget_1.12_mipsel.opk wget Ver 1.12 - includes HTTPS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wget_1.12_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#wget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Webshell 1.0.3 Command Line Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webshell | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk Wireless Helper 1.1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Wireless_Helper | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk Wireless Tools 29-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk WPA Supplicant 0.6.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk XML parsing library 2.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk Youtube-dl Download videos ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk Zeroconf 1.5-2 mDNS Responder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zeroconf| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zip_3.0_mipsel.opk Zip 3.0 File compress utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zip_3.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zip| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|}

==Features only loadable Via USB (Not available from Web-If)==
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Feature
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="90"|[[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''USB''']]
|-
| Enable Telnet re-enables Telnet after a notelnet
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/enable-telnet_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| DeRMA remove RMA Message from the front Panel
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/derma_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DeRMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-1 (Flash Version)
| [[File:bundle2.png|25px|centre|link=http://www64.zippyshare.com/v/94381904/file.html]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Portal_Xtra1_(USB) | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Reset Webif (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/reset_1.0.1_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Reset_Webif | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| kernel with EFI support (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hpkg.tv/fwx/HDR_kernels.zip]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Kernels | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HDR-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpQWtNcXNoV2RWMVE]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HD-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpNE1Ibk1KOHA0c2M]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Clear IP Tables (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbkdQSmtIa09mR2c]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Force Maintenance mode (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbDlhNDFNMk91cFk]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|}

==Miscellaneous Software Utilities==

{| border="1"
|-
! width="500"|Utility Links
! width="50"|Info. Link
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/av2hdr-t2-zip.3779/ AV2HDR-T2 v1.0 for Windows (By raydon)] FOR HDR-FOX T2 Only
| [[AV2HDR-T2 | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/foxy-zip.1990/ FOXY (By raydon)]
| [[FTP_Hi-Def_Content_Using_FOXY | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-linux hmt for Linux platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-linux | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-solaris hmt for Solaris platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-solaris | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_linux_x86-zip.4064/ sidecar_2.8_linux_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_windows_x86-zip.4063/ sidecar_2.8_windows_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://filecloud.io/pcfukglza TSTools v1.12 (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TSTools | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpeVFCTUFXWVg3X0E Humidify-1.0.2.zip cross platform version (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-linux Stripts (Including Offline Decryption)for Linux systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-omnios Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for OmniOS/OpenIndiana/SmartOS/Solaris x86 systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-macosx Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for MacOSX systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts.exe Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for Windows Command Line (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://wikidll.com/red-hat/cygwin1-dll#download Cygwin1.dll required by the above Windows strips.exe file]
| [https://www.cygwin.com/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/hfodu2-zip.3673/ Offline Decryption for Windows - HFODU (By EEPhil)]
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/windows-version-of-offline-decryption-hfodu.8770/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://tynecomp.co.uk/humax/HumaxFoxT2_base.zip Android App. for HDR-Fox T2 Control by kjhskj75]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Android-Remote | '''NOTES''']]
|}

AV2HDR-T2

2022-03-29T15:55:05Z

Ezra pound:

'''NOTE'''

This version of AV2HDR is for the Humax HDR-Fox T2 only, there is a different version for the Foxsat

'''Background'''

This utility enables video not created on the T2, to be imported with all the functionality provided in a native recording, It provides those "little extras" that people have come to expect from a PVR.

AV2HDR-T2 is not a video converter, Input videos must contain an mpeg2 or H264 video stream, and an mpeg1 layer 2 or AC3 audio stream, although the container type can vary i.e. ts, m2ts, mpg
[[File:av2hdr-t2.png|500px|right]]
The Following features will be added to your Video file :-

*Thumbnails
*Program synopsis
*Guidance text
*Fast forward / Rewind
*Resume from last position
*Create Output files *.TS *.NTS *.HMT

'''Getting Started'''

*A download link for Raydon's AV2HDR-T2 can be found at the bottom of the 'Customised Firmware - Features Available' page of the wiki [http://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''HERE'''] in the 'Miscellaneous Software Utilities' section.
*The File needs to be 'Un Rar-ed' using Win-Rar or another Zip type program that handles rar files
*The program runs on a Windows system with Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 installed
*The file drop-down menu, opens up a file browser to enable selection of the source video you wish to import. Alternatively, you can just drag and drop your source file anywhere in AV2HDR-T2's window

Acceptable input formats are as follows :-

SD Video 576
Width 720 pixels
Height 576 pixels

HD Video 720
Width 1280 pixels
Height 720 pixels

HD Video 1080
Width 1920 pixels
Height 1080 pixels

Other sizes may possibly work. However, this is very much a case of trial and error. The above sizes are the only ones guaranteed to work.

Video format MPEG-2 or H264
H264 codec profile max High@L4
Aspect ratio 16/9.
Scan type progressive or interlaced
Frame rate 23.976, 25, or 29.97 frames per second.

Audio SD or HD
MPEG1 layer 2 or Dolby AC3.

Supported containers for A/V streams are .TS .MTS .M2TS .MPG and .VOB.
You can drag and drop your video anywhere in AV2HDR-T2's window. If the container format is supported it will display streams information. However, that does not guarantee playback on the HDR. The video and audio streams must also match the above specifications.

Note: Although HE-AAC is a native audio format on the T2, it is not supported by AV2HDR-T2 as the muxer used is not able to process it. Any sources containing AAC audio will be incorrectly remuxed as MPEG audio and will not playback correctly.

AV2HDR-T2 cannot, and never will, import other video formats such as .AVI .DIVX .WMV .MOV
These must first be re-encoded to the above specifications using the software of your choice. There is an abundance of software re-encoders available for this purpose

Once a file has been selected, AV2HDR-T2 checks it for validity of type and content, after which it will display a pop-up window containing detailed information about the video and audio streams within the source file. The main window will also display informational icons regarding the sources video and audio streams.

Fields which can be edited are now enabled, and the imported video file name will appear in the title bar. This name is used as the program name, and the channel name is set to the default value of 'Import'. Channel number is set to zero, recording start date/time is set to the current date/time, and the genre is set to 'Movie' All of these entries can be edited as required. Also, there are fields for entering program synopsis text, plus 'Guidance' text if this option is enabled using the check box.

The start date/time information is also used by AV2HDR-T2 to extend the output file names, as per native T2 recording format.
For example, if the recording start date and time is 31/09/2009 23:00:00, then mymovie.ts will create an output file named mymovie_20090931_2300.ts, plus the correspondingly named .nts and .hmt files.

Output files are saved in the same directory as the source by default, but a different output folder may be chosen via the drop-down menu.

The GO button which starts the creation process is enabled immediately after source file validation. Having said that, there is one exception to this.
If the source video contains multiple audio streams, AV2HDR-T2 will display up to four check boxes for audio stream selection. The user must then select one of the audio streams before the GO button is enabled.

If you are in any doubt as to which audio stream to choose, you can refer to the source video information pop-up window. If you have already closed this window, it can be re-opened at any time via the drop-down menu.

Once you are happy with your edits, click the GO button to start the build process. A progress bar and status information will be displayed during each step of the build process. Clicking the STOP button at any time during the build will abort the process. Any complete, or part complete files will will remain and must be deleted manually.

Once AV2HDR-T2 completes it's task of building the files you can then exit the program.

AV2HDR-T2

2022-03-29T15:52:34Z

Ezra pound:

'''NOTE:-'''

This version of AV2HDR is for the Humax HDR-Fox T2 only, there is a different version for the Foxsat

'''Background'''

This utility enables video not created on the T2, to be imported with all the functionality provided in a native recording, It provides those "little extras" that people have come to expect from a PVR.

AV2HDR-T2 is not a video converter, Input videos must contain an mpeg2 or H264 video stream, and an mpeg1 layer 2 or AC3 audio stream, although the container type can vary i.e. ts, m2ts, mpg
[[File:av2hdr-t2.png|500px|right]]
The Following features will be added to your Video file :-

*Thumbnails
*Program synopsis
*Guidance text
*Fast forward / Rewind
*Resume from last position
*Create Output files *.TS *.NTS *.HMT

'''Getting Started'''

*A download link for Raydon's AV2HDR-T2 can be found at the bottom of the 'Customised Firmware - Features Available' page of the wiki [http://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''HERE'''] in the 'Miscellaneous Software Utilities' section.
*The File needs to be 'Un Rar-ed' using Win-Rar or another Zip type program that handles rar files
*The program runs on a Windows system with Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 installed
*The file drop-down menu, opens up a file browser to enable selection of the source video you wish to import. Alternatively, you can just drag and drop your source file anywhere in AV2HDR-T2's window

Acceptable input formats are as follows :-

SD Video 576
Width 720 pixels
Height 576 pixels

HD Video 720
Width 1280 pixels
Height 720 pixels

HD Video 1080
Width 1920 pixels
Height 1080 pixels

Other sizes may possibly work. However, this is very much a case of trial and error. The above sizes are the only ones guaranteed to work.

Video format MPEG-2 or H264
H264 codec profile max High@L4
Aspect ratio 16/9.
Scan type progressive or interlaced
Frame rate 23.976, 25, or 29.97 frames per second.

Audio SD or HD
MPEG1 layer 2 or Dolby AC3.

Supported containers for A/V streams are .TS .MTS .M2TS .MPG and .VOB.
You can drag and drop your video anywhere in AV2HDR-T2's window. If the container format is supported it will display streams information. However, that does not guarantee playback on the HDR. The video and audio streams must also match the above specifications.

Note: Although HE-AAC is a native audio format on the T2, it is not supported by AV2HDR-T2 as the muxer used is not able to process it. Any sources containing AAC audio will be incorrectly remuxed as MPEG audio and will not playback correctly.

AV2HDR-T2 cannot, and never will, import other video formats such as .AVI .DIVX .WMV .MOV
These must first be re-encoded to the above specifications using the software of your choice. There is an abundance of software re-encoders available for this purpose

Once a file has been selected, AV2HDR-T2 checks it for validity of type and content, after which it will display a pop-up window containing detailed information about the video and audio streams within the source file. The main window will also display informational icons regarding the sources video and audio streams.

Fields which can be edited are now enabled, and the imported video file name will appear in the title bar. This name is used as the program name, and the channel name is set to the default value of 'Import'. Channel number is set to zero, recording start date/time is set to the current date/time, and the genre is set to 'Movie' All of these entries can be edited as required. Also, there are fields for entering program synopsis text, plus 'Guidance' text if this option is enabled using the check box.

The start date/time information is also used by AV2HDR-T2 to extend the output file names, as per native T2 recording format.
For example, if the recording start date and time is 31/09/2009 23:00:00, then mymovie.ts will create an output file named mymovie_20090931_2300.ts, plus the correspondingly named .nts and .hmt files.

Output files are saved in the same directory as the source by default, but a different output folder may be chosen via the drop-down menu.

The GO button which starts the creation process is enabled immediately after source file validation. Having said that, there is one exception to this.
If the source video contains multiple audio streams, AV2HDR-T2 will display up to four check boxes for audio stream selection. The user must then select one of the audio streams before the GO button is enabled.

If you are in any doubt as to which audio stream to choose, you can refer to the source video information pop-up window. If you have already closed this window, it can be re-opened at any time via the drop-down menu.

Once you are happy with your edits, click the GO button to start the build process. A progress bar and status information will be displayed during each step of the build process. Clicking the STOP button at any time during the build will abort the process. Any complete, or part complete files will will remain and must be deleted manually.

Once AV2HDR-T2 completes it's task of building the files you can then exit the program.

Customised Firmware - Features Available

2022-03-29T15:33:18Z

Ezra pound:

__NOTOC__
After a successful upgrade of Customised Firmware some extra features are immediately available e.g. [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HTTP''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']], The Standard FTP Server will still be available for access to 'Media' Files, FTP Notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#FTP | '''HERE''']], For access to the full File System see Betaftpd Notes.[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''HERE''']]. You can add extra features using the Web Interface, Via Telnet or [[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''VIA USB (See Guide)''']], The Tables below show the additional packages available e.g. Web-IF >> Package Management screen, the package links below are only required by Humax boxes that don't have access to the internet

For a direct link to the Packages server [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html '''Click HERE''']

For a direct link to the Beta Packages server [https://hpkg.tv/hdrfoxt2/beta.html '''Click HERE''']

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle.png|50px|left]]
! width="400"|Bundle files (e.g. *.OPB) contain additional support files
|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle2.png|50px|left]]
! width="300"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Flash Bundle files (for the HD FOX-T2)''']]

|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle3.png|50px|left]]
! width="200"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Loadable Only Via USB''']]
|}

'''For Information on Web-If Packages See '''[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes | '''NOTES''']]

==Features Built into The Full Web Interface==
NOTE: When the full Web Interface is installed via HTTP the following features are automatically added.
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|Built into Web-If
|-
| Fix-Disk HDD analyse and repair utility
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| HTTP Access (Simple Web Interface)
| N/A
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| OPKG 0.1.8 Open PacKaGe Management
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#OPKG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| Telnet
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk WEB Interface Ver 1.4.2-7 for the Humax]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''Via HTTP''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk EPG Ver. 1.2.7 (Command Line)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#EPG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk Busybox 1.20.2-1 Unix Utilities]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk HMT Utility 2.0.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#HMT | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim_0.77_mipsel.opk Jim TCL Interpreter 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk - Jim CGI 0.7-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk - Jim Sqlite 0.77-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk - Jim Object Orientation Extension 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk - Jim Pack for 0.71]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk LSOF LiSt Open Files diagnostic tool 4.87]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#lsof | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk Service Control Utility 2.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Service_Control| '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk SQLite3 3_3.15.1 utility & library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk SSMTP 2.64 E-Mail sender]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SSMTP | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|}

==Features Loadable From the Package Management screen==
Note:- Advanced Packages are only displayed in the Package Management screen if 'Turned On' in :- Web-if >> Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Show development and advanced packages = Yes

{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|
S = Standard
A = Advanced
R = Removed
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk 7Zip 9.20.1 File Archive Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#7Zip | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk Abduco 0.6-1 Lightweight session manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Abduco | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk Anacron 2.3-2 Periodic Cron]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk Apache Runtime 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk - Apache Runtime Utils 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk - Apache Serf Library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Arbookmarks 1.0.2-1 Auto add AR bookmarks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Arbookmarks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk At 3.1.18 examine/delete jobs for later execution]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#At | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Atexit 1.0.0. Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk Auto Schedule Restore 1.3 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto_Schedule_Restore | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk Auto Unprotect 2.0.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Unprotect | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk Auto Update 2.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk Badnts 1.0.1-1 Zero size NTS file fix]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#badnts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk Bash 4.3-30]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bash | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libdb_4.2.52_mipsel.opk Berkeley DB Libraries 4.2.52]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.2.52_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk Betaftpd 0.0.8pre17-4 FTP Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk Bin Utils 2.21-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk Boot HDR 1.1 for HD Fox Only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BootHDR | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk Boot Settings 1.0.2 Set system parameters]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Boot_Settings | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Bsed 1.0.0. Search Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bsed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk Byacc 20101127]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Bzip2 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk C-based HTTP client library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk C library - floating-point 3.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| Channeldel 1.0.2 Automatic channel deletion
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=channeldel_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Channeldel |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk Chaseget 0.1.1-6 Retrieve & decrypt recording]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Chaseget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk Cifs 2.6.18]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CIFS |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk Character set conversion library 1.13.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk Crashdiag 1.1 Capture Memory Dump]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Crashdiag | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk MPC 0.8.2 floating-point library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk Coreutils 8.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk Cpu Limit 0.1.1-0 CPU usage limiter]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CPU_Limit | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk Cron Daemon 1.18.3-4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk Ctorrent 3.3.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Curl Command 1.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Curl_Command | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk Custom TV Portal 1.12-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk DB Update 1.0.0 Database Update Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DB Update |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Dedup 1.0.1 De-Duplicate Command Line]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk Detect Ads 0.2.4-1 Bookmark advert breaks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Detectads |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk Disable DSO 0.3-1 Disable Digital Switch Over]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_DSO | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk Disable OTA_1.0.3-4 Inhibit Software Upgrade]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_OTA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk DLNA-Filter 1.1.1 Block selected DLNA link]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Filter | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk DLNA-Servername 1.0.3 Change Media Server Name]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Servername | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk Dropbear SSH 2016.74]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SSH |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk Dropbear SFTP (greenend) 1.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SFTP |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk Dvbsnoop 1.4.50 DVB file inspector]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dvbsnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk DUMA 2.5.15 Detect Unintended Memory Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DUMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk E2fs Progs 1.42.13]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#E2fs_Progs | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk EPGfix 1.0.0 Update unattended Humax EPGs]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgfix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| EPG keyword V1.0.1 Emailer
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epg_Keywords_.28Web-If.29 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Epgpatch 1.0.3 fix EPG Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgpatch | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk Event loop 2.0.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Exfat 1.2.6 Exfat file format support]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk Exfat Builder 1.2-1 Exfat format suport source]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat_Builder | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fan 1.0.0 control fan speed]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fan | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fcntl64 1.0.0.Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk Ffmpeg 2.8-1 MPEG Encoder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ffmpeg | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk File Utility 5.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk Fix Disk 0.5 Hard Disk Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk Flatten 1.0.7-2 Remove Series Sub Directories]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatten | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2//base/flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Flatview 1.0.5-1 Alternative to Flatten]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatview | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk Flexget 1.0r2710 Get torrents etc.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flexget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk FlexView 0.1.1-2 Recordings Manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[FlexView | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk Forcedate 1.1 Set Date to 16 Nov 2011 12:34:56 GMT]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Foxlink 1.0.2-1 HDR to HD/HDR Linker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Foxlink | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Fuse 2.7.6-1 Filesystem in Userspace driver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fuse | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk Git 1.8.1 Distributed version control system]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Git | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk GNU Awk 3.1.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk GNU Compiler 4.5.2-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk GNU Debugger 7.1-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk GNU Dbm Database Routines 1.8.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk Gnu Fdisk 1.3.0a-1 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Gnu_Fdisk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk GNU Make Utility 3.82]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk GNU MP Library 5.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk GNU Tar 1.26-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk GNU Zip 1.2.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk GNU readline library 6.2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk GNU Stream EDitor 4.2.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk Hdparm 9.43 Hard Disk Parameter Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hdparm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk Header Files uClibc 1.6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk Hrwconv 0.0.1 ffmpeg Wrapper script]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hrwconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk Humaxrw Humax 9000 series file copier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humaxrw | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Humidify 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Hwctl 1.0.0 Hardware Control]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hwctl | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk Id3v2 0.1.11-1 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Id3v2 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk Inadyn 1.96.2-2 Dynamic DNS Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Inadyn |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk Inotify Tools 3.14]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk ir 1.12-1 A Web-If Remote Controller]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk In-Use 1.0.0 File Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| | [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#In_Use | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| webif-iphone_1.0.1 I-Phone Ver 1.0.1 Interface for Web-If
|
| [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots#I-Phone_Web-Interface | '''VIEWS''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-binary_0.76_mipsel.opk Jim Binary 0.76]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.76_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Jim Xconv 1.0.0 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jimxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Jpnevulator 1.3.1 Serial Port Sniffer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jpnevulator | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk Joe 3.7-1 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk LAME MP3 Library 3.98.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk LDD Utility 0.9.31]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LDD | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk Libparted 3.1 Libparted]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LibParted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk Libpcre 8.37-1 Perl Regular Expressions Library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libpcre | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk Libsndfile 1.0.25-2 C library for sound files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libsndfile | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Libxconv 1.01 ISO-6937 to UTF-8 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk Libunwind 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libunwind | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk Lighttpd 1.4.39-1 Web Server]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Lighttpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/m4_1.4.16_mipsel.opk M4 1.4.16 Unix macro processor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#M4 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk Mediatomb UPnP MediaServer 0.11.0r2-7]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mediatomb |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk Micro perl interpreter 5.10.1-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| Micro telnet server utelnet 0.1.9]
|
|
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk PKG Tools 1.0.1 OPKG Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk Mplayer Media encoder/player 32726]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk MTD flash Utilities 1.4.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk Mvdisks 0.1 Mounts USB Drives under My Video]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mvdisks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk Multienv 1.7-1 Environment modifier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Multienv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Multimode 1.0.1 Select AR Vs Padding]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Multi-mode_Recording | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk Nano 2.2.6 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk ncurses library 5.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk Network Shares Automount 1.4-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk Net Tools Network utilities 1.60]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Newk 1.0.5-1 Remove Prefixes from Series titles]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Newk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk New Portal 1.01-1 (Custom TV Portal)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk NFS Utils 1.2.3-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk Nicesplice 1.8 File Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk Nicesplice Magic Folders 1.2 File Editing Via Remote]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Remote_Only | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk NTFS 3G 2013.1.13-2 Mount NTFS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_3g |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk NTFS Progs 2013.1.13-1 Filesystem Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_Progs |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk Ntp Client 2010-365-5 Set Time from Internet]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk Nugget 0.97-1 Nugget framework]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk Open SSL 1.0.0.d]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk - Open SSL Libaries 0.9.8r]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk opkg-beta 1.1 Add Beta Packages]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Opkg-beta | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk Parted 3.1-1 Partition Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Parted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk PERL Ver. 5.10.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk Polar SSL encryption library 0.14.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/popol_0.3_mipsel.opk Popol 0.3 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=popol_0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Popol | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-xtra1_1.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-3 Custom Portal Plugin]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-xtra1_0.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk Portal Foscam_1.2 Display IP Webcam]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk PortMap 6.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Poweron Channel_1.0.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Poweron-Channel | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk Procps 3.2.8-3 Unix Processes Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Procps | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk Progbackup 0.2b.1 Backup recordings]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Progbabkup | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk Python programming language 2.7.1-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk - Python Django Web framework 1.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk - Python Setup 0.6c11-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python_Setuptools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk rc-app-bridge 1.0.0 support for Humax Remote app.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rc_app_bridge | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk Qtube 0.1.0-0 Webif queueing for Youtube-dl]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Qtube | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/redring_2.20_mipsel.opk Redring 2.20 Recording Indicator]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=redring_2.20_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Redring | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk Recmon 2.2.1-1 Recording end monitor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Recmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Renumber 1.0.0 Channel Re Numbering
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=renumber_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Renumber | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk Remote scheduling ver. 1.5.0-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Remote_Scheduling |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk rsvsync 1.1.11 Boot time sync service]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsvsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk rsync file copying tool 3.0.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| rt3070 Replacement wireless driver
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#rt3070 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk Samba server 2.2.12-6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Samba |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk Scons 2.2.0 Software Construction tool]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Scons |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk Sidecar 2.4 Recreates sidecar files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin All 1.0.1 Install All Screensavers]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk Screensaver 0.3.2 Alternative Display Loader]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 3X5 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 7Seg 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Agen 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Avatar 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Black 1.0.0. Blank Screensaver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Cursor 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Dot 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-BlueD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-BlueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Maze 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin VFD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Wedge 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Random 1.0.0. Random Selection]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk Sed 4.2.1 Stream Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Series Filer 0.2.2 Sorts Files into Folders
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Series_Filer | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk Sg3 Utils 1.41 Low-level SCSI utils]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sg3utils | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk Shed Simple Hex Editor 1.15-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Sqlite 3 3.7.6-1 access to SQLite databases]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Sqlite3 Xconv 1.0.1 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3xconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk Smartmontools S.M.A.R.T. Monitor 6.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk Soundout 0.1a extracts the sound from files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk Squashfs tools 3.1r2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Stripts 1.3.1 TS File Shrinker and file decryption]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Sysmon 1.2.6 Sytem Monitoring Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sysmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk Strace System Trace Utility 4.5.20-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Strace | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk Subversion Version Control System 1.6.16]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Swapper 1.0.1 change swap file size]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Swapper |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk Sweeper 2.1.5-5 Single file Management]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[sweeper | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk TagLib Audio Meta-Data Library 1.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk TCL Check 1.2-1 TCL Syntax checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCL Check | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk Tcpdump Network traffic tool 3.9.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk TCP Fix 1.0.0 RFC1323 TCP problem]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tcpfix| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk TCP Ping 1.1 TCP Ping Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCP Ping| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Tempmon 1.0.1 High Temperature Warning]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tempmon |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Thumbnails 1.0.4 generate thumbnails]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Thumbnails |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Tidy Folders 1.0.3 Removes empty folders]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tidy Folders |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk Tmenu 1.22 Telnet Menu]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk Tnftp 20151004-3 FTP Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tnftp |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk Transmission BitTorrent client 2.84-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Transmission_.28Bit_Torrent.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/trm_1.1_mipsel.opk Trm Delete File in blocks 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=trm_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Trm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk TTY Snoop 0.3.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TTYSnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk Tunefix 1.5.2 Post retune fixer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk Tunefix Update 1.0.21 Auto Channel Update]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix_Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk TV Diary 0.0.3-11 Events Logger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[TV_Diary | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk Tweak 1.0 Binary tweak utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tweak | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk uclibc Development libraries 0.9.31-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk Undelete 1.6-4 File Retreival]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| Unencrypt 0.1.4 In Situ file de-cryption
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Unencrypt | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk Uinput 2.8.6 User-space input kernel ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Uinput | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk Utility Library 0.9.29]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk Vfdtest 1.1 Display All-On]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vfdtest | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 basic features only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 Standard features]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk2 2.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk2 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk Web-If Channel Icons 1.1.25]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web-IF Channel Icons | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk Web-If Charts 1.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif-Charts| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wget_1.12_mipsel.opk wget Ver 1.12 - includes HTTPS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wget_1.12_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#wget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Webshell 1.0.3 Command Line Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webshell | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk Wireless Helper 1.1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Wireless_Helper | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk Wireless Tools 29-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk WPA Supplicant 0.6.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk XML parsing library 2.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk Youtube-dl Download videos ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk Zeroconf 1.5-2 mDNS Responder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zeroconf| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zip_3.0_mipsel.opk Zip 3.0 File compress utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zip_3.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zip| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|}

==Features only loadable Via USB (Not available from Web-If)==
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Feature
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="90"|[[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''USB''']]
|-
| Enable Telnet re-enables Telnet after a notelnet
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/enable-telnet_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| DeRMA remove RMA Message from the front Panel
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/derma_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DeRMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-1 (Flash Version)
| [[File:bundle2.png|25px|centre|link=http://www64.zippyshare.com/v/94381904/file.html]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Portal_Xtra1_(USB) | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Reset Webif (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/reset_1.0.1_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Reset_Webif | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| kernel with EFI support (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hpkg.tv/fwx/HDR_kernels.zip]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Kernels | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HDR-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpQWtNcXNoV2RWMVE]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HD-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpNE1Ibk1KOHA0c2M]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Clear IP Tables (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbkdQSmtIa09mR2c]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Force Maintenance mode (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbDlhNDFNMk91cFk]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|}

==Miscellaneous Software Utilities==

{| border="1"
|-
! width="500"|Utility Links
! width="50"|Info. Link
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/av2hdr-t2-zip.3779/ AV2HDR-T2 v1.0 for Windows (By raydon)] FOR HDR-FOX T2 Only
| [[AV2HDR-T2 | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/foxy-zip.1990/ FOXY (By raydon)]
| [[FTP_Hi-Def_Content_Using_FOXY | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-linux hmt for Linux platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-linux | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-solaris hmt for Solaris platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-solaris | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_linux_x86-zip.4064/ sidecar_2.8_linux_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_windows_x86-zip.4063/ sidecar_2.8_windows_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://filecloud.io/pcfukglza TSTools v1.12 (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TSTools | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpeVFCTUFXWVg3X0E Humidify-1.0.2.zip cross platform version (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-linux Stripts (Including Offline Decryption)for Linux systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-omnios Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for OmniOS/OpenIndiana/SmartOS/Solaris x86 systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-macosx Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for MacOSX systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts.exe Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for Windows Command Line (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://wikidll.com/red-hat/cygwin1-dll#download Cygwin1.dll required by the above Windows strips.exe file]
| [https://www.cygwin.com/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/hfodu2-zip.3673/ Offline Decryption for Windows - HFODU (By EEPhil)]
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/windows-version-of-offline-decryption-hfodu.8770/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.kjhskj75.humaxfoxt2&hl=en_US Android App. for HDR-Fox T2 Control by kjhskj75]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Android-Remote | '''NOTES''']]
|}

Customised Firmware - Features Available

2022-03-29T14:31:05Z

Ezra pound:

After a successful upgrade of Customised Firmware some extra features are immediately available e.g. [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HTTP''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']], The Standard FTP Server will still be available for access to 'Media' Files, FTP Notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#FTP | '''HERE''']], For access to the full File System see Betaftpd Notes.[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''HERE''']]. You can add extra features using the Web Interface, Via Telnet or [[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''VIA USB (See Guide)''']], The Tables below show the additional packages available e.g. Web-IF >> Package Management screen, the package links below are only required by Humax boxes that don't have access to the internet

For a direct link to the Packages server [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html '''Click HERE''']

For a direct link to the Beta Packages server [https://hpkg.tv/hdrfoxt2/beta.html '''Click HERE''']

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle.png|50px|left]]
! width="400"|Bundle files (e.g. *.OPB) contain additional support files
|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle2.png|50px|left]]
! width="300"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Flash Bundle files (for the HD FOX-T2)''']]

|}

{| border="0"
|-
! width="20"|[[File:bundle3.png|50px|left]]
! width="200"|[[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Features_only_loadable_Via_USB_.28Not_available_from_Web-If.29 | '''Loadable Only Via USB''']]
|}

'''For Information on Web-If Packages See '''[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes | '''NOTES''']]

==Features Built into The Full Web Interface==
NOTE: When the full Web Interface is installed via HTTP the following features are automatically added.
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|Built into Web-If
|-
| Fix-Disk HDD analyse and repair utility
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| HTTP Access (Simple Web Interface)
| N/A
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| OPKG 0.1.8 Open PacKaGe Management
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#OPKG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| Telnet
| N/A
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Embedded
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk WEB Interface Ver 1.4.2-7 for the Humax]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif_1.4.2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''Via HTTP''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk EPG Ver. 1.2.7 (Command Line)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epg_1.2.7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#EPG | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk Busybox 1.20.2-1 Unix Utilities]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=busybox_1.20.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk HMT Utility 2.0.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hmt_2.0.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#HMT | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim_0.77_mipsel.opk Jim TCL Interpreter 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk - Jim CGI 0.7-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-cgi_0.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk - Jim Sqlite 0.77-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-sqlite3_0.77-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk - Jim Object Orientation Extension 0.77]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-oo_0.77_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk - Jim Pack for 0.71]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk LSOF LiSt Open Files diagnostic tool 4.87]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lsof_4.87_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#lsof | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk Service Control Utility 2.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=service-control_2.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Service_Control| '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk SQLite3 3_3.15.1 utility & library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.15.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk SSMTP 2.64 E-Mail sender]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SSMTP | '''NOTES''']]
| align="center" |Yes
|}

==Features Loadable From the Package Management screen==
Note:- Advanced Packages are only displayed in the Package Management screen if 'Turned On' in :- Web-if >> Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Show development and advanced packages = Yes

{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Single Package Links
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="100"|
S = Standard
A = Advanced
R = Removed
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk 7Zip 9.20.1 File Archive Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=7zip_9.20.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#7Zip | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk Abduco 0.6-1 Lightweight session manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=abduco_0.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Abduco | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk Anacron 2.3-2 Periodic Cron]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=anacron_2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk Apache Runtime 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libapr_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk - Apache Runtime Utils 1.3.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libaprutil_1.3.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk - Apache Serf Library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Arbookmarks 1.0.2-1 Auto add AR bookmarks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=arbookmarks_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Arbookmarks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk At 3.1.18 examine/delete jobs for later execution]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#At | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Atexit 1.0.0. Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libatexit_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk Auto Schedule Restore 1.3 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-schedule-restore_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto_Schedule_Restore | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk Auto Unprotect 2.0.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-unprotect_2.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Unprotect | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk Auto Update 2.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=auto-update_2.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Auto-Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk Badnts 1.0.1-1 Zero size NTS file fix]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=badnts_1.0.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#badnts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk Bash 4.3-30]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.3-30_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bash | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libdb_4.2.52_mipsel.opk Berkeley DB Libraries 4.2.52]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bash_4.2.52_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk Betaftpd 0.0.8pre17-4 FTP Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=betaftpd_0.0.8pre17-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk Bin Utils 2.21-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=binutils_2.21-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk Boot HDR 1.1 for HD Fox Only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=BootHDR_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BootHDR | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk Boot Settings 1.0.2 Set system parameters]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=boot-settings_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Boot_Settings | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Bsed 1.0.0. Search Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bsed_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Bsed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk Byacc 20101127]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=byacc_20101127_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Bzip2 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=bzip2_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk C-based HTTP client library 0.7.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libserf_0.7.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk C library - floating-point 3.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpfr_3.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| Channeldel 1.0.2 Automatic channel deletion
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=channeldel_1.0.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Channeldel |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk Chaseget 0.1.1-6 Retrieve & decrypt recording]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=chaseget_0.1.1-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Chaseget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk Cifs 2.6.18]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cifs_2.6.18_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CIFS |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk Character set conversion library 1.13.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libiconv_1.13.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk Crashdiag 1.1 Capture Memory Dump]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=crashdiag_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Crashdiag | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk MPC 0.8.2 floating-point library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libmpc_0.8.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk Coreutils 8.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=coreutils_8.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk Cpu Limit 0.1.1-0 CPU usage limiter]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cpulimit_0.1.1-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CPU_Limit | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk Cron Daemon 1.18.3-4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=cron-daemon_1.18.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk Ctorrent 3.3.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ctorrent_3.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Curl Command 1.0.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=curl-command_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Curl_Command | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk Custom TV Portal 1.12-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=custom-portal_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk DB Update 1.0.0 Database Update Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dbupdate_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DB Update |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Dedup 1.0.1 De-Duplicate Command Line]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dedup_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk Detect Ads 0.2.4-1 Bookmark advert breaks]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=detectads_0.2.4-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Detectads |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk Disable DSO 0.3-1 Disable Digital Switch Over]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-dso_0.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_DSO | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk Disable OTA_1.0.3-4 Inhibit Software Upgrade]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=disable-ota_1.0.3-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Disable_OTA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk DLNA-Filter 1.1.1 Block selected DLNA link]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-filter_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Filter | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk DLNA-Servername 1.0.3 Change Media Server Name]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dlna-servername_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DLNA-Servername | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk Dropbear SSH 2016.74]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dropbear-ssh_2016.74_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SSH |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk Dropbear SFTP (greenend) 1.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=greenend-sftp_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dropbear_SFTP |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk Dvbsnoop 1.4.50 DVB file inspector]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=dvbsnoop_1.4.50_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Dvbsnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk DUMA 2.5.15 Detect Unintended Memory Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=duma_2.5.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DUMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk E2fs Progs 1.42.13]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=e2fsprogs_1.42.13_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#E2fs_Progs | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk EPGfix 1.0.0 Update unattended Humax EPGs]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgfix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| EPG keyword V1.0.1 Emailer
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epg_Keywords_.28Web-If.29 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Epgpatch 1.0.3 fix EPG Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=epgpatch_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Epgpatch | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk Event loop 2.0.11]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libevent_2.0.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Exfat 1.2.6 Exfat file format support]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk Exfat Builder 1.2-1 Exfat format suport source]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=exfat-builder_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Exfat_Builder | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fan 1.0.0 control fan speed]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fan_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fan | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Fcntl64 1.0.0.Wrapper]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libfcntl64_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk Ffmpeg 2.8-1 MPEG Encoder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ffmpeg_2.8-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ffmpeg | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk File Utility 5.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=file_5.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk Fix Disk 0.5 Hard Disk Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fix-disk_0.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fix-disk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk Flatten 1.0.7-2 Remove Series Sub Directories]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatten_1.0.7-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatten | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2//base/flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Flatview 1.0.5-1 Alternative to Flatten]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flatview_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flatview | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk Flexget 1.0r2710 Get torrents etc.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexget_1.0r2710_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Flexget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk FlexView 0.1.1-2 Recordings Manager]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=flexview_0.1.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[FlexView | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk Forcedate 1.1 Set Date to 16 Nov 2011 12:34:56 GMT]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=forcedate_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk Foxlink 1.0.2-1 HDR to HD/HDR Linker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=foxlink_1.0.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Foxlink | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Fuse 2.7.6-1 Filesystem in Userspace driver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=fuse_2.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Fuse | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk Git 1.8.1 Distributed version control system]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=git_1.8.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Git | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk GNU Awk 3.1.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gawk_3.1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk GNU Compiler 4.5.2-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gcc_4.5.2-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk GNU Debugger 7.1-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdb_7.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk GNU Dbm Database Routines 1.8.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gdbm_1.8.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk Gnu Fdisk 1.3.0a-1 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gnufdisk_1.3.0a-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Gnu_Fdisk | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk GNU Make Utility 3.82]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gmake_3.82_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk GNU MP Library 5.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libgmp_5.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk GNU Tar 1.26-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gtar_1.26-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk GNU Zip 1.2.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=gzip_1.2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk GNU readline library 6.2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libreadline_6.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk GNU Stream EDitor 4.2.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk Hdparm 9.43 Hard Disk Parameter Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hdparm_9.43_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hdparm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk Header Files uClibc 1.6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=header-files_1.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk Hrwconv 0.0.1 ffmpeg Wrapper script]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hrwconv_0.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hrwconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk Humaxrw Humax 9000 series file copier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humaxrw_1.15_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humaxrw | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Humidify 1.0.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=humidify_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Hwctl 1.0.0 Hardware Control]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=hwctl_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Hwctl | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk Id3v2 0.1.11-1 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=id3v2_0.1.11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Id3v2 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk Inadyn 1.96.2-2 Dynamic DNS Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inadyn_1.96.2-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Inadyn |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk Inotify Tools 3.14]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inotify-tools_3.14_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk ir 1.12-1 A Web-If Remote Controller]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ir_1.12-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk In-Use 1.0.0 File Checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=inuse_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| | [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#In_Use | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |A
|-
| webif-iphone_1.0.1 I-Phone Ver 1.0.1 Interface for Web-If
|
| [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots#I-Phone_Web-Interface | '''VIEWS''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-binary_0.76_mipsel.opk Jim Binary 0.76]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-pack_0.76_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jim | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Jim Xconv 1.0.0 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jim-xconv_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jimxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Jpnevulator 1.3.1 Serial Port Sniffer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=jpnevulator_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Jpnevulator | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk Joe 3.7-1 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=joe_3.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk LAME MP3 Library 3.98.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lamemp3_3.98.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk LDD Utility 0.9.31]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ldd_0.9.31_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LDD | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk Libparted 3.1 Libparted]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#LibParted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk Libpcre 8.37-1 Perl Regular Expressions Library]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libpcre_8.37-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libpcre | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk Libsndfile 1.0.25-2 C library for sound files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libsndfile_1.0.25-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libsndfile | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Libxconv 1.01 ISO-6937 to UTF-8 ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libxconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libxconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk Libunwind 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libunwind_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Libunwind | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk Lighttpd 1.4.39-1 Web Server]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=lighttpd_1.4.39-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Lighttpd | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/m4_1.4.16_mipsel.opk M4 1.4.16 Unix macro processor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libparted_3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#M4 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk Mediatomb UPnP MediaServer 0.11.0r2-7]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mediatomb_0.11.0r2-7_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mediatomb |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk Micro perl interpreter 5.10.1-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=microperl_5.10.1-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| Micro telnet server utelnet 0.1.9]
|
|
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk PKG Tools 1.0.1 OPKG Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=pkgtools_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk Mplayer Media encoder/player 32726]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mplayer_32726_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk MTD flash Utilities 1.4.2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mtd-utils_1.4.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" |A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk Mvdisks 0.1 Mounts USB Drives under My Video]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=mvdisks_0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Mvdisks | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk Multienv 1.7-1 Environment modifier]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multienv_1.7-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Multienv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Multimode 1.0.1 Select AR Vs Padding]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=multimode_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Multi-mode_Recording | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk Nano 2.2.6 Text Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nano_2.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk ncurses library 5.9]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ncurses_5.9_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk Network Shares Automount 1.4-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=network-shares-automount_1.4-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk Net Tools Network utilities 1.60]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=net-tools_1.60_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk Newk 1.0.5-1 Remove Prefixes from Series titles]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=newk_1.0.5-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Newk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk New Portal 1.01-1 (Custom TV Portal)]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=new-portal_1.01-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk NFS Utils 1.2.3-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nfs-utils_1.2.3-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk Nicesplice 1.8 File Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice_1.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk Nicesplice Magic Folders 1.2 File Editing Via Remote]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nicesplice-magic-folders_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Remote_Only | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" |S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk NTFS 3G 2013.1.13-2 Mount NTFS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfs-3g_2013.1.13-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_3g |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk NTFS Progs 2013.1.13-1 Filesystem Tools]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntfsprogs_2013.1.13-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#NTFS_Progs |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk Ntp Client 2010-365-5 Set Time from Internet]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ntpclient_2010-365-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk Nugget 0.97-1 Nugget framework]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=nugget_0.97-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk Open SSL 1.0.0.d]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=openssl-command_1.0.0.d_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk - Open SSL Libaries 0.9.8r]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libopenssl_0.9.8r_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk opkg-beta 1.1 Add Beta Packages]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=opkg-beta_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Opkg-beta | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk Parted 3.1-1 Partition Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=parted_3.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Parted | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk PERL Ver. 5.10.0]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=perl_5.10.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk Polar SSL encryption library 0.14.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=polarssl_0.14.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/popol_0.3_mipsel.opk Popol 0.3 ID3 tagger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=popol_0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Popol | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-xtra1_1.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-3 Custom Portal Plugin]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-xtra1_0.12.064.300-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk Portal Foscam_1.2 Display IP Webcam]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portal-foscam_1.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk PortMap 6.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=portmap_6.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Poweron Channel_1.0.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=poweron-channel_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Poweron-Channel | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk Procps 3.2.8-3 Unix Processes Info.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=procps_3.2.8-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Procps | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk Progbackup 0.2b.1 Backup recordings]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=progbackup_0.2b.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Progbabkup | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk Python programming language 2.7.1-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python_2.7.1-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk - Python Django Web framework 1.3-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-django_1.3-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk - Python Setup 0.6c11-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=python-setuptools_0.6c11-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Python_Setuptools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk rc-app-bridge 1.0.0 support for Humax Remote app.]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rc-app-bridge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rc_app_bridge | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk Qtube 0.1.0-0 Webif queueing for Youtube-dl]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=qtube_0.1.0-0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Qtube | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/redring_2.20_mipsel.opk Redring 2.20 Recording Indicator]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=redring_2.20_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Redring | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk Recmon 2.2.1-1 Recording end monitor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=recmon_2.2.1-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Recmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Renumber 1.0.0 Channel Re Numbering
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=renumber_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Renumber | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk Remote scheduling ver. 1.5.0-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rs_1.5.0-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Remote_Scheduling |'''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk rsvsync 1.1.11 Boot time sync service]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsvsync_1.1.11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsvsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk rsync file copying tool 3.0.8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=rsync_3.0.8_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Rsync | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| rt3070 Replacement wireless driver
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#rt3070 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk Samba server 2.2.12-6]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=samba_2.2.12-6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Samba |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk Scons 2.2.0 Software Construction tool]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=scons_2.2.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Scons |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk Sidecar 2.4 Recreates sidecar files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sidecar_2.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin All 1.0.1 Install All Screensavers]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-all_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk Screensaver 0.3.2 Alternative Display Loader]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver_0.3.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 3X5 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-3X5_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin 7Seg 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-7Seg_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Agen 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Agen_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Avatar 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Avatar_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Black 1.0.0. Blank Screensaver]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-black_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Cursor 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Cursor_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Dot 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Dot_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-glass-blueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Glass-BlueD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-glass-BlueD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Maze 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Maze_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Neon-Blue 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Neon-Blue_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin VFD 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-VFD_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Wedge 1.0.0. Alternative Display]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-Wedge_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk Screensaver Plugin Random 1.0.0. Random Selection]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=screensaver-random_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Screensaver | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk Sed 4.2.1 Stream Editor]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sed_4.2.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| Series Filer 0.2.2 Sorts Files into Folders
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Series_Filer | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk Sg3 Utils 1.41 Low-level SCSI utils]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sg3utils_1.41_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sg3utils | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk Shed Simple Hex Editor 1.15-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=shed_1.15-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk Sqlite 3 3.7.6-1 access to SQLite databases]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3_3.7.6-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3 | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Sqlite3 Xconv 1.0.1 ISO-6937 to UTF-8]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sqlite3-xconv_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SQLite3xconv | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk Smartmontools S.M.A.R.T. Monitor 6.4]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=smartmontools_6.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk Soundout 0.1a extracts the sound from files]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=soundout_0.1a_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk Squashfs tools 3.1r2-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=squashfs-tools_3.1r2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk Stripts 1.3.1 TS File Shrinker and file decryption]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=stripts_1.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk Sysmon 1.2.6 Sytem Monitoring Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sysmon_1.2.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sysmon | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk Strace System Trace Utility 4.5.20-3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=strace_4.5.20-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Strace | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk Subversion Version Control System 1.6.16]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=subversion_1.6.16_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Swapper 1.0.1 change swap file size]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=swapper_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Swapper |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk Sweeper 2.1.5-5 Single file Management]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=sweeper_2.1.5-5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[sweeper | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk TagLib Audio Meta-Data Library 1.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=taglib_1.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk TCL Check 1.2-1 TCL Syntax checker]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tclcheck_1.2-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCL Check | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk Tcpdump Network traffic tool 3.9.5]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpdump_3.9.5_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk TCP Fix 1.0.0 RFC1323 TCP problem]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpfix_1.0.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tcpfix| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk TCP Ping 1.1 TCP Ping Utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tcpping_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TCP Ping| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk Tempmon 1.0.1 High Temperature Warning]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tempmon_1.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tempmon |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk Thumbnails 1.0.4 generate thumbnails]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=thumbnails_1.0.4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Thumbnails |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Tidy Folders 1.0.3 Removes empty folders]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tidy-folders_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tidy Folders |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk Tmenu 1.22 Telnet Menu]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tmenu_1.22_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk Tnftp 20151004-3 FTP Client]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tnftp_20151004-3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tnftp |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk Transmission BitTorrent client 2.84-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=transmission_2.84-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Transmission_.28Bit_Torrent.29 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/trm_1.1_mipsel.opk Trm Delete File in blocks 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=trm_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Trm | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk TTY Snoop 0.3.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=ttysnoop_0.3.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TTYSnoop | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk Tunefix 1.5.2 Post retune fixer]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix_1.5.2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk Tunefix Update 1.0.21 Auto Channel Update]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tunefix-update_1.0.21_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix_Update | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk TV Diary 0.0.3-11 Events Logger]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tvdiary_0.0.3-11_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[TV_Diary | '''GUIDE''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk Tweak 1.0 Binary tweak utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=tweak_1.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tweak | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk uclibc Development libraries 0.9.31-2]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uclibc-devel_0.9.31-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk Undelete 1.6-4 File Retreival]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=undelete_1.6-4_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| Unencrypt 0.1.4 In Situ file de-cryption
|
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Unencrypt | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" |R
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk Uinput 2.8.6 User-space input kernel ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=uinput_2.8.6_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Uinput | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk Utility Library 0.9.29]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libutil_0.9.29_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk Vfdtest 1.1 Display All-On]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vfdtest_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vfdtest | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 basic features only]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim-tiny_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/vim_7.3_mipsel.opk Vi(M) 7.3 Standard features]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=vim_7.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk 1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk_1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk Virtual Disk2 2.0-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=virtual-disk2_2.0-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Virtual-Disk2 |'''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk Web-If Channel Icons 1.1.25]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-channelicons_1.1.25_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web-IF Channel Icons | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk Web-If Charts 1.3]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webif-charts_1.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif-Charts| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wget_1.12_mipsel.opk wget Ver 1.12 - includes HTTPS]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wget_1.12_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#wget | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk Webshell 1.0.3 Command Line Access]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=webshell_1.0.3_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webshell | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk Wireless Helper 1.1.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-helper_1.1.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Wireless_Helper | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk Wireless Tools 29-1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wireless-tools_29-1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk WPA Supplicant 0.6.10]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=wpa-supplicant_0.6.10_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk XML parsing library 2.0.1]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=libexpat_2.0.1_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
|
! align="center" | A
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk Youtube-dl Download videos ]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=youtube-dl_2018.06.04_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk Zeroconf 1.5-2 mDNS Responder]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zeroconf_1.5-2_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zeroconf| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | S
|-
| [http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/zip_3.0_mipsel.opk Zip 3.0 File compress utility]
| [[File:bundle.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/bundle.html?bare&opk=zip_3.0_mipsel.opk&type=hdrfoxt2&set=base]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Zip| '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | A
|}

==Features only loadable Via USB (Not available from Web-If)==
{| border="1"
|-
! width="380"|Feature
! width="50"|Bundle Links
! width="60"| Info. Links
! Width="90"|[[Manually_loading_Features_from_USB | '''USB''']]
|-
| Enable Telnet re-enables Telnet after a notelnet
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/enable-telnet_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Telnet | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| DeRMA remove RMA Message from the front Panel
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/derma_1.0.0_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#DeRMA | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Portal Xtra1 0.12.064.300-1 (Flash Version)
| [[File:bundle2.png|25px|centre|link=http://www64.zippyshare.com/v/94381904/file.html]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Portal_Xtra1_(USB) | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Reset Webif (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/reset_1.0.1_mipsel.opk]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Reset_Webif | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| kernel with EFI support (Via USB)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=http://hpkg.tv/fwx/HDR_kernels.zip]]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Kernels | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HDR-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpQWtNcXNoV2RWMVE]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Factory Reset Update File (HD-Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpNE1Ibk1KOHA0c2M]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Clear IP Tables (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbkdQSmtIa09mR2c]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|-
| Force Maintenance mode (HDR Fox T2)
| [[File:bundle3.png|25px|centre|link=https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpbDlhNDFNMk91cFk]]
| [[Firmware_Downloads | '''NOTES''']]
! align="center" | Y
|}

==Miscellaneous Software Utilities==

{| border="1"
|-
! width="500"|Utility Links
! width="50"|Info. Link
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/av2hdr-t2-zip.3779/ AV2HDR-T2 v1.0 for Windows (By raydon)]
| [[AV2HDR-T2 | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/foxy-zip.1990/ FOXY (By raydon)]
| [[FTP_Hi-Def_Content_Using_FOXY | '''GUIDE''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-linux hmt for Linux platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-linux | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://hpkg.tv/misc/hmt-solaris hmt for Solaris platforms]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#hmt-solaris | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_linux_x86-zip.4064/ sidecar_2.8_linux_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/sidecar_2-8_windows_x86-zip.4063/ sidecar_2.8_windows_x86 platforms (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [http://filecloud.io/pcfukglza TSTools v1.12 (By raydon)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#TSTools | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://docs.google.com/uc?export=download&id=0B5Zpl00iyRjpeVFCTUFXWVg3X0E Humidify-1.0.2.zip cross platform version (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Humidify | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-linux Stripts (Including Offline Decryption)for Linux systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-omnios Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for OmniOS/OpenIndiana/SmartOS/Solaris x86 systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts-macosx Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for MacOSX systems]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://hpkg.tv/misc/stripts.exe Stripts (Including Offline Decryption) for Windows Command Line (By af123)]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''NOTES''']]
|-
| [https://wikidll.com/red-hat/cygwin1-dll#download Cygwin1.dll required by the above Windows strips.exe file]
| [https://www.cygwin.com/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/attachments/hfodu2-zip.3673/ Offline Decryption for Windows - HFODU (By EEPhil)]
| [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/windows-version-of-offline-decryption-hfodu.8770/ '''NOTES''']
|-
| [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.kjhskj75.humaxfoxt2&hl=en_US Android App. for HDR-Fox T2 Control by kjhskj75]
| [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Android-Remote | '''NOTES''']]
|}

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2022-03-19T18:48:51Z

Ezra pound: /* Backup/Restore Schedule */

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require any additional packages to be installed. These features are covered in the Web If section of this page.

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect.}}

Also, see Forum Links [[Forum_Links|'''HERE''']]

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Android-Remote==
[[File:h-rem1.png|100px|thumb|right]]
[[File:h-rem2.png|100px|thumb|right]]

This is a remote-control app for the Humax HDR Fox-T2 digital video
recorder and also the Foxsat, requirements are :-

*[https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Custom_Firmware_Overview '''Custom FirmWare'''] installed
*The [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/WebIf_Remote_Controller '''IR Package'''] Installed
*The [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.kjhskj75.humaxfoxt2 '''Android App '''] installed on your phone
*Connection to the same home network as the phone/tablet.

Version 2 of this App. adds provision for multiple Humaxs, the option for 1 or 2 screens depending on screen size and the Foxsat

==Arbookmarks==

Adds bookmarks into automatically or manually padded recordings, bookmarks are placed at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording | '''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points to all files in folders marked as Auto Decrypt, the following conditions must be met before the Bookmarks will be added :-
* The Arbookmarks package must be installed
* Files must be in a folder that is marked for auto-decryption ([[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Folders|'''open lock icon''']] present)
* Files must be DLNA indexed (automatically done by the Humax periodically, [[Icons#Media_Browser_-_Files|'''lime green circular icon''']] present)
* Files must not be recorded using AR i.e. the AR flags are not at start and end of file
* AR flags must be present i.e. recordings made in the middle of a programme won't contain AR flags

==At==

at, batch, atq, atrm - queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution. This is the UNIX at command and atd daemon, which allow for scheduling of one-off commands to be run when specified.

More notes [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/At_%28Unix%29 '''HERE''']

==Auto Schedule Restore==

This package checks whether the schedule is present on each boot, If a schedule is in place it is backed up to flash, otherwise the schedule and any favourites list are restored from the flash backup. The schedule will be deemed to be present if there is at least one schedule item or one reservation item existing

'''NOTES:-'''
* After a re-boot the restore process will start and "Schedule Restored . . . Rebooting" will be displayed on the front display
* A second re-boot will take place automatically after 15 seconds to finalise the restoration process
* The Web-if will display "The recording schedule has been automatically restored" after the second re-boot

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto-Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings on the HDR-Fox T2. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way as a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any High Definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter, new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'.

Auto, Auto-Unprotect makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP, Note, Foxy does not remove DTCP which is required for DLNA decryption

NOTES:-
*Auto-Unprotect does not decrypt the file, however it does make decryption possible by the same means as for a Standard Definition file - see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']].
*Auto-Unprotect on the HD-Fox T2 will not allow decryption unless the HD-Fox T2 is running in BootHDR mode

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them. It will check once per day at the earliest power on - for most people probably the 04:30 boot.

==Badnts==

Utility to fix a recording error where a full size TS file is recorded but the associated NTS file generated by the Humax is of zero length, this results in the the Humax rejecting the file on playback. After the recording is decrypted in a folder that is marked for auto-decyption, the utility will look for a zero length NTS file and if found the NTS, THM and HMT files will all be deleted (or moved to the [Deleted] folder), this will make the TS file playable on the Humax,however as the 'sidecar' files have been removed there will be some play-back
limitations, e.g. transport controls etc.
'''Notes'''
*This utility only works on HDR-Fox T2 not HD-Fox T2
*Only files stored in an auto-decrypt folder will be fixed

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language. [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server. The default server will still be available after the Custom Firmware is installed, however only files under ‘Media’ are visible. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation. Betaftpd has two possible Logins. If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used.

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']].

==Bookmark==

The Humax Bookmarks used to place 'jump-to' points within a recording are also used by several Custom Firmware packages, as Follows:-
*[[Edit_On_Box|'''Edit On Box''']] . . . A single or multiple bookmarks are used as cut and join points for editing a recording in the Web-If [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] option
*[[#Set_Thumbnail|''' Set Thumbnails''']] . . . Uses the the first bookmark in a recording as a central point from which to pick a new thumbnail
*[[#Arbookmarks|'''Arbookmarks''']] . . . Bookmarks are automatically added to a recording at [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] start and stop points so that a [[#Crop|'''Crop''']] can be performed

==BootHDR==

<big>'''This package is for the HD-FOX T2 only (NOT for HDR-Fox T2</big>''') 

It allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume. BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

Once the package is installed you can run in HDR-Fox T2 mode, while in this mode, the front panel display will freeze and the box will be incapable of making new recordings. To initiate HDR-Fox T2 mode copy the *Modsettings/TriggerHDR folder to the root of drive1 and then re-boot the HD-Fox T2

Installing the BootHDR package also adds the command line keyword bootHDRmode, this can be used to invoke HDR mode

There is a Guide to using BootHDR on the Wiki [[Decrypt_recordings_on_the_HD-FOX_T2 | '''HERE''']]

==Boot_Settings==

Set system parameters to specified values on every boot. [Update settings]

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system. Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in Telnet sessions. The list below shows the available commands. There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?

A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE'''].

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing.

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==cfupdater==

A flash update script for updating the custom firmware on an HDR without using USB sticks, It should be run in maintenance mode and does not currently support updating the loader.

Once the package has been installed, copy the hdf file onto the hard disk (or make it available in maintenance mode), then reboot into maintenance mode and send a command line in the form :-

<pre>
/mod/sbin/cfupdater <hdf-file>
</pre>

If you need remote progress, then you can telnet back into the box after the connection has closed then
<pre> tail -f /tmp/cfupdate.log
</pre>

==Channeldel==

Note: now superseded by tunefix

Automatic channel deletion. select TV channels to be permanently removed from the group TV list in Web-If >> Settings >> Automatic Channel Deletion, selected channels, plus a set of 9 unavailable channels known to cause problems will be automatically deleted the next time the Humax is booted, and following any retune

Select all but one file and press delete to reduce the current list in /mod/boot/chandel.conf, the remaining file can be deleted later

==ChaseDecrypt==

Retrieve and decrypt recording whilst recording is still in progress, uses Chaseget

See [[ChaseDecrypt]] for further details

==Chaseget==

Retrieve and decrypt recording, can run whilst recording is still in progress

This is intended to be used as part of other packages (such as detectads) rather than installed and used standalone

Runs as first stage of pipeline, output is always to stdout

Usage= /mod/bin/chaseget recording.ts start_offset logfile > output.ts

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line. Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs //server/share "/media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==CLI==

This is an acronym for Command Line Interface, a CLI can be established by Telnetting into the Humax and being presented with a CLI prompt, If the Tmenu is displayed there will be a 'cli' option to gain the CLI prompt e.g. humax#

==Content Sharing==

Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> Content Sharing = On

Content Sharing is an in-built DLNA / UPnP server that allows the HDR to stream content over it's LAN connector to a DNLA / UPnP client, this feature is also used by the Custom Firmware to provide decryption of both Standard Definition and High Definition content

==Crashdiag==

Captures a memory dump (core file) when the main Humax process crashes,The dump files will end up in /mod/core/ called humaxtv.<UNIX timestamp> and a reboot is required following package installation in order to activate it

==Crash Log==

The Mulitenv 1.4 package contains a procedure that monitors the behaviour of running processes, If the Humax crashes a file will be generated under /mod/tmp/ called crash.log, it can be examined from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files. The Crash log will tell you if Custom Firmware plug-ins are being disabled as a result of the crash, To re-start undelete, redring and ir packages, run Web-If >> Diagnostics >> fix-flash-packages >> Run Diagnostic. To prevent the crash log auto disabling plug-ins, create a file with the following command :-
<pre>
touch /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/no_plugin_autodisable
</pre>

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you. It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so Cron does not need to be installed. The tasks are held in a Cron table or crontab. Here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Cryptokey==

This is the unique key that is used by the Humax HDR / HD to encrypt and decrypt all recordings on the hard disk, it is made up from the MAC address of the unit (6 pairs of hexadecimal) followed by the first 10 digits of the unit's serial number (also in hexadecimal)

The cryptokey can be examined, changed and reset (Cleared) to the original by sending the following [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nugget | '''nugget''']] command line options :-

<pre>
humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>

humax# nugget cryptokey 01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

humax# nugget cryptokey -clear
Cleared custom encryption key.

humax# nugget cryptokey
Native key: dc d3 21 01 02 03 36 33 37 31 30 35 37 36 33 30
Using key: <no custom key in use>
</pre>

The cryptokey is used by the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts | '''Stripts Package''']] when decrypting files on the Humax

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility.

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features.

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==DB Update==

General boot-time database update utility

==Dedup (Command Line)==
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|right|150px]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|right|150px]]
The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser.

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectively replaces the command line package. However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Dedup (Series Helper File)==

It is possible to create a series helper file that Dedup can use to enhance the re-naming of series, the file should be placed in the directory containing the series and named series.info, Dedup will look for this file and automatically use it, an example of a series.info file is shown below :-

<pre>
Pilot ==> S1-01
Pilot The Big Bang Theory ==> S1-01
The Big Bran Hypothesis ==> S1-02
The Fuzzy Boots Corollary ==> S1-03
The Luminous Fish Effect ==> S1-04
The Hamburger Postulate ==> S1-05
The Middle Earth Paradigm ==> S1-06
The Dumpling Paradox ==> S1-07
The Grasshopper Experiment ==> S1-08
The Cooper-Hofstadter Polarization ==> S1-09
</pre>

The above 'full' file is stored here :- [http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/series/tbbt.series.info''']

==DeRMA==

After a Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Set-Return-to-manufacturer (RMA) Mode operation has been carried out, standard Humax software should be re-installed, this should leave the Humax in an 'out-of-the-box' state, however if for any reason the 'RMA' message is still being displayed, then loading this package onto a USB stick and inserting it into the Humax, while it is running, will remove the RMA message

==Detectads==

This package will attempt to add bookmarks to a recording to indicate the start and end of advert breaks, so that the adverts can be removed with a crop function, cropping can optionally be performed automatically within the package,

Using the new 'Detect while recording' function the detection process runs in parallel with the actual recording so the processing completes within a few seconds of the recording finishing. You can even, with some limitations, start to watch your program adfree whilst it is still recording.

See [[DetectAds]] for more information about this package

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events. When the Humax carries out a retune all recording Schedule events and all Favourites Lists will be erased, however recorded programmes will not be erased. DSO events are sent to the Humax by the TV broadcasters when they need to change some aspect of the Electronic Programme Guide, such as changing a channel number or adding extra channels

==Disable OTA==

Disable OTA inhibits any Over The Air software updates transmitted by Humax by deleting OTA schedules created by the Humax, it also has a "Create Reminder to cover OTA Period = Y / N" option in the Settings page, this will create a reminder on the Red Button (channel 200) to cover the OTA period, if you want it to use a different channel or on / off time, you can edit the reminder using the standard Humax on-TV menus, you can also disable the reminder option completely, however if this is done there is a small possibility that an OTA search may still be actioned on your Humax

'''Note''' The OTA service for software updates is no longer in operation

==Display==

A command that can be used to display a message on the HDR-Fox T2 front panel, any alpha-numerics (Max 12 characters) can be displayed, scrolling is not available. The new message will be displayed until the unit is rebooted or changed by the Humax, example :-

 /sbin/display 'Twelve Chars' 

The display can be blanked with :-

 /sbin/display ' ' 

The display of the HD-Fox T2 (Max 4 characters + colon) can also be used by adding '$' to the string e.g. :-

 /sbin/display '$he:lp' 

'''NOTE''' If the Humax updates the display e.g. after a channel change or is scrolling the display then your message will be removed

==DLNA-Filter==

Filters out DLNA server network traffic to prevent other DLNA servers from crashing the Humax. File /mod/etc/init.d/S02dlna-filter contains rule="-p tcp --dport 50001 -j DROP". From default the package works on all IP addresses, however in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for DLNA-Filter package, it is possible to restrict operation to one or more specified IP addresses

'''NOTES'''
*DLNA-Filter requires Custom Firmware Version 3.00 or later
*DLNA-Filter will block access to the Humax DLNA server if the Settings for DLNA-Filter package is left blank

==DLNA-Servername==

This package enables Humaxs on the same network to be given a unique Media Server Name. It requires that Custom Version 2.20 or above be installed

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

Create file /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys containing a list of public keys

Note :- chmod 700 /mod/.ssh and chmod 600 /mod/.ssh/authorized_keys

==Dropbear SFTP==

Greenend-sftp is a plugin for dropbear-ssh which provides SFTP server functionality.SFTP is often used to provide remote virtual filesystem (VFS) access to the Humax's filesystem, e.g. via FUSE. For further info. click link [http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/sftpserver/ '''HERE''']

==DUMA==

D.U.M.A. - Detect Unintended Memory Access - A Red-Zone memory allocator. It can detect memory leaks and buffer overruns (or underruns) in a malloc() / new memory buffer. DUMA is a fork of Bruce Perens' Electric Fence library.

==Dustbin==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Undelete | '''Undelete''']]

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE'''].

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling. First allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']].

==[Eject]==
[[File:Eject.png|left|50px]]
The Eject icon is displayed (If a USB Device is detected), on all Web-if Headers adjacent to the FREEVIEW icon, when the user clicks on this icon, a list of USB devices attached to the Humax will be displayed with the following information (from Left to Right) :-

*USB interface name
*USB Device name
*Format type, e.g. FAT32, NTFS, EXT3 etc.
*Device % used
*Device capacity
*Eject Option

To the far right there is an eject icon, when the user clicks on this icon, an option will be displayed, e.g. "Eject USB-1? - OK or Cancel, If OK is selected the USB device will be unmounted, this is similar to the Windows option "Safely Remove Hardware"

If 'Device not mounted' is displayed, the user can click on the recycle icon (far right) to display a 'Rescan OK/Cancel' option, this will allow a rescan and the USB device will be re-mounted

'''NOTES'''
*This feature is only present on the HDR-FOX T2, not the HD-FOX T2

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

When using the ''epg'' command on HD-FOX, note that:
# There is no EPG cache file to inspect unless there is a recording drive fitted;
# To access the cache, use ''epg -f /media/drive1/epgsavedata''.

==Epgfix==

epgfix causes a channel change once a day (by default at 4am) for 3 minutes before restoring the original channel it was tuned to. This is enough to trigger the Humax software to keep the EPG up to date when the Humax is on 24/7, (it has no advantage when the unit has a daily on/standby cycle).

You need at least a single service on an alternative mux. to the one the box is tuned to for it to work. Changing to a different service on the same mux. was found not to work reliably enough.

There is no user interface, no settings and nothing to configure. The only thing you can change is the time of operation if it is not suitable!
You have to do this manually by editing the /mod/bin/epgfix entry in the /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root file. This is easily available using the File Editor on the WebIf's Diagnostics page.

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords.

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']].

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Epgpatch==

Utility for patching EPG information in a completed recording, it is used to fix problems in TV areas that use non standard EPG data e.g. Ireland Saorview

==Enable Telnet==

This USB loaded package will re-enable telnet for the Custom Firmware, it performs the following command lines :-

<pre>
rm -f /var/lib/humaxtv/mod/notelnet
/etc/init.d/S50telnet start << /dev/null >> /dev/null 2>&1
</pre>

==Exfat==

This package adds support for reading and writing files in the Exfat format

Please take the time to read the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ExFAT '''Wikipedia'''] article on exFAT

==Exfat Builder==

'''See Exfat above'''

[[File:exfat-panel.png|right]]
'''Note that this package does not add exFAT support to your system, only provides a simple method for you to do it yourself.''' This is because there are licence and patent issues around exFAT and if we were to make the compiled exFAT code available in the repository then we would be in violation of at least some of them.

The package provides a web page (accessible from the standard web interface settings screen) from which you can download, build and install the required files in a single step. It will:

*Download an open-source exFAT implementation from Google Code;
*Unpack and modify the code to support the Humax;
*Compile the files into binaries which can run on the Humax;
*Install the compiled binaries on your system;
*Add hooks to automatically mount exFAT disks when they are detected.

==EXTRA.css==

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet|'''Webif Style Sheet''']]

==Fan==

the default fan speeds set by humax are :-
*70% - once the HDD temperature reaches 55°C
*65% - when the temperature drops to 54°C
*55% - when the temperature drops to 51°C
*0% - when the temperature drops to 49°C

This utility allows the user to set a minimum continuous fan speed between 0% and 100%, By setting a minimum fan speed higher than zero it is possible to prevent the fan reaching the noisier 70% setting. If the Humax requests a higher speed setting, this higher speed will be used

'''Notes'''

*After an initial Humax restart, this package can change the minimum fan speed on-the-fly every two minutes
*The fanspeed (0 - 255) is stored in the /mod/boot/fanspeed file
*Changes made by this package will be displayed in the /tmp/humaxtv.log file, if Diagnostics >> debugtv >> Run Diagnostic has been run

<pre>
Editing /tmp/humaxtv.log
Sun Sep 15 10:42:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 255 (ff)
Sun Sep 15 10:44:36 2013 Applying minimum fan speed = 0 (0)
</pre>

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert, extract and stream audio and video. It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library. It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- Ffmpeg operations performed on the Humax can be very demanding on CPU time, especially when performing conversions rather than extractions. The following examples were carried out using a version of Ffmpeg running on a P.C.rather than on the Humax.

Convert an extracted MP3 audio file in MP2 format to the more common MP3:-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -vn -ar 44100 -ac 2 -ab 192000 -f mp3 output.mp3

Extract an MPG file from a Hi-Definition TS file from the Humax :-

 ffmpeg -i input.ts -target pal-dvd -vcodec copy -acodec copy output.mpeg

There is also a GUI from end available for the P.C. version of ffmpeg [http://avanti.arrozcru.org/'''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

Fix-Disk is a disk partition repair utility (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem. A fix-disk.log file will be generated in /mod/tmp/ and can be viewed using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> View Log Files

To invoke the Fix-Disk utility follow the Maintenance Mode Guide [[Maintenance_Mode | '''HERE''']]

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']].

==Fix Flash Packages ==

If previously installed fix-flash-packages will re-install :- boot-settings, crashdiag, dbupdate, disable-dso, disable-ota, dlna-servername, ir, fan, fix-disk, multienv, multimode, newk, nugget, opkg-beta, poweron-channel, redring, rsvsync, tmenu, tunefix, tweak, undelete, virtual-disk2, webif, webshell

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu. Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder. Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders. After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten.

'''NOTES'''
#All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed
#Flatten runs every 15 Minutes when the box is not in standby

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flatview==

FlatView is an alternative to flatten, it provides both a flattened view and a hierarchical view at the same time by creating a new top-level directory (called " [FlatView]" by default). Recordings appear in both without using any additional disk space

'''NOTES'''

*Recordings deleted from the flattened view area are automatically removed from the original location in the hierarchy and the original folder will be removed if it is empty;
*Recordings deleted from the hierarchical view will be automatically removed from the flattened area too;
*If a recording is renamed in either area, then the change will be reflected in the other (there may be a small delay);
*Changes in flags such as 'Unwatched' and the resume point are synchronised across the two locations;
*If you move a recording out of the flattened view area, the system will think that it has been deleted and will remove the corresponding recording from the hierarchical view area;
*If you move a recording into the flattened view area, it will be left untouched
*Command line option = /mod/webif/plugin/flatview/run

'''Exceptions'''

*The contents of folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders with names in square brackets [Like This] will not appear in [Flatview]
*The contents of folders containing a file named .noflatten will not appear in [Flatview]

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multi-purpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, pod-casts, comics, series, movies, etc. It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files, search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Flexview==

FlexView is intended to offer an alternative to the traditional webif to allow you to view an manage your recording inventory in whatever way suits you

[[FlexView | '''See a Guide to Flexview''']]

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is required if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']].

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']].

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax. The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP server for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required. Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package. If access to the whole file structure is required, programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
* 10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
* login = humaxftp
* password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Foxlink==

Helper package for linking a HD Fox-T2 to a HDR, See [[Foxlink|'''Guide Here''']]

==Fuse==

With FUSE it is possible to implement a fully functional filesystem in a userspace program.

==Genre Icons==

It is possible to inhibit the Genre Icons displayed in the Web-If, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Webif_Style_Sheet | ''' Web-If Style Sheet''']]

==Git==

Distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text. The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk.

==Hdparm==

hdparm is a command line utility for setting and viewing ATA hard disk drive hardware parameters. It can set parameters such as drive caches, sleep mode, power management, acoustic management, and DMA settings.

==HMT==

This package displays information on, and allows editing of, the Humax *.hmt file, which is a small 'side-car' file created alongside the main *.ts video file.

From a Telnet session, navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

'''hmt Options List'''
<pre>
humax# hmt
Humax HMT Tool v2.0.6, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: hmt [command] <filename> [filename] ...
Commands:
+/-new Mark/unmark recording as new.
+/-lock Mark/unmark recording as locked.
+/-guidance Mark/unmark recording as having guidance.
+/-protect Enable/disable protection (prevents decryption on copy).
+/-encrypted Mark/unmark recording as encrypted.
+/-shrunk Mark/unmark recording as shrunk.
+/-dedup Mark/unmark recording as deduped.
+/-detectads Mark/unmark recording as ad-detection-done.
-p Display parseable file information (see *).
-list Display file information (default).
-bookmarks Display bookmarks.
+addbookmark=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+setbookmarks=<seconds>[:<seconds>]...
+clearbookmarks
+settitle=<new title>
+setsynopsis=<new synopsis>
+setguidance=<new guidance>
+setfolder=<new folder> (patch hmt only)
+setfilename=<new filename> (patch hmt only)
+setgenre=<genre> (can just specifiy initial part)
+setresume=<resume point (seconds)> (-seconds to set from end)

Generic patch commands:
+patch8=offset:value patch 8-bit value
+patch16=offset:value patch 16-bit value
+patch32=offset:value patch 32-bit value
Offset and value can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

Generic read commands:
+read8=offset read 8-bit value
+read16=offset read 16-bit value
+read32=offset read 32-bit value
Offset can be preceeded with 0x to indicate hex.

* Parseable output is tab delimited and contains the following fields:
Title, Synopsis, HD/SD, LCN, Channel Name,
Start time, End time, Flags, Guidance, Bookmark count,
Scheduled start, Scheduled duration, Genre code,
Resume point, Status/Reason.

</pre>

'''Notes'''
*+addbookmark=100:200:300 = Add to existing bookmark list
*+setbookmarks=100:200:300 = replace bookmark list with this new ones
*+setbookmarks= = same as +clearbookmarks i.e. remove all bookmarks

==hmt-linux==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Linux platform (not for the Humax)

==hmt-solaris==

A version of hmt compiled to run on a Solaris platform (not for the Humax)

==Hrwconv==

Wrapper script for ffmpeg and sidecar packages to convert 9200T/9150T/9300T files to HDR format

It is recommended that you create a new directory and move your existing 9200T/9150T/9300T files and their sidecars into it, Hrwconv will not make any changes to the originals but will create new files so you will need to ensure that you have enough free disk space.

After installing the package, connect to the Humax via Telnet, change directory 'cd' to the new directory and then run:-

<pre>hrwconv *.ts</pre>

After a few hours the new files will have been created in the subdirectory 'new'

==HTTPS==

HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure is an extra layer built into the normal HTTP protocol used to access the Web-Interface for the Humax, It provides a more secure connection to the Humax. An HTTPS Server can be enabled in Web-If >> Settings >> General Settings >> HTTPS web server = On

==Humaxrw==

Utility to copy recordings from a Humax 9200T/9150T/9300T hard disk that is connected to the HDR via USB. The files recorded on 9000 series Humaxs are playable on the HDR, however the HDR can't directly read a hard disk formatted on a 9000 series, Humaxrw will allow the transfer of files between 9000 series and the HDR.

After installing Humaxrw, access to the utility is by [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet | '''Telnet''']] command line.

<pre>
humax# humaxrw -h
Host <-> Humax disk
===================
Usage: humaxrw [options] HUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from Humax disk to current directory
-d <list> delete recordings
-g <list> get recordings to current directory
-h help (this text)
-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-p <filename> put recording(s) onto Humax disk
-u <list> unprotect recordings
-v version
-x extended listing for humaxdiag
-w pause at the end waiting for a keypress
-y answer yes to all prompts

Advanced Options
-D Delete time shift recording buffers
-E Update all synopsis/info data for version 1.00.20 or later
-H <list> get hre files for recordings
-M <n> modify recording number n (use with -O & -V options)
-O <n> offset for modify recording (use with -M & -V options)
-V <n> modify recording value (use with -M & -O options)
-Z Delete EPG save data

Humax disk -> Humax disk
========================
Usage: humaxrw [options] SRCHUMAXDISK DESTHUMAXDISK

-b backup all recordings from source Humax disk
and copy to destination Humax disk
-g <list> get recordings from source disk
and copy to destination Humax disk

Recovery mode - use if record list is missing/corrupt
=============
Usage: humaxrw -r [options] HUMAXDISK

-i <list> get info for recordings
-l list recordings
-n no info - use if corruption is really bad
-g <list> get recordings to current directory as recover_nnnn.ts

Example of a list: 10-20,30,41-42
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files.
<pre>
humax# humidify
HDF Tool v1.0.4, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: humidify [options] <filename>
-C Skip checksum validation.
-c <arguments> Create HDF file ('-c help' for more).
-d<level> Enable debugging at level.
-l Show contents of HDF file (default).
-o Use old-style checksum blocks when creating.
-r Don't compress blocks when creating.
-S<section> Extract only the numbered section.
-t Test archive (validate checksums).
-x Extract files.
-s Also show/extract member checksums.

Examples:

View HDF: humidify file.hdf
Test HDF: humidify -t file.hdf
Extract HDF: humidify -x file.hdf
Create HDF: humidify -c file.hdf (run 'humidify -c help' for more)

</pre>

A cross platform version of Humidify can be downloaded from the packages page, [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''HERE''']]
It contains the following files:-

[[File:Humidify-1.0.2.zip.jpg]]

==Hwctl==

Hardware control utility - Use with caution ! ! !

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']].

Available commands:

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plug-in (see webif settings page). The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby.

For freedns.afraid.org the hostname in settings should be of the form:
xxxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx, <user name hash>
Where <user name hash> is obtained from the freedns website, when logged on

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use.

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax.

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']].

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface. Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']].

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files. With no extensions it will default to 'All' open files, but it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language) that runs on the Humax unix platform.

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer.

==Joe==

Text Editor. See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']].

==Kernels==

An alternative Kernel for the HDR-Fox T2 is loadable via USB upgrade, the zip files contains copies of the standard kernels and a version with GUID/EFI support

==Lighttpd==

Lighttpd is a replacement for the mongoose Web server used on the Humax to handle it's Web-If pages. [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

For more information on lighttpd click [http://www.lighttpd.net/ '''HERE''']

==LDD==

ldd prints the shared libraries required by each program or shared library specified on the command line

==Libpcre==

Perl-compatible Regular Expressions Library

==Libunwind==

Utility used with the Crashdiag package

==LibParted==

Library for the [[#Parted|'''Parted''']] package

==Libsndfile==

A C library for reading and writing files containing sampled sound.

==Loaders==

{{Warning|title=WARNING !|Although the installation of a new loader only takes a few seconds (unlike a full firmware change), it is imperative that there is no power interruption during the process as this could cause the Humax to become permanently inoperative (bricked)}}

The Loader - sometimes called the Boot Loader is a small routine that the Humax runs on start-up, the version of your Loader is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the Humax screen immediately after the unit is taken out of standby, there are currently 4 loader versions known to be installed on the HDR-Fox T2, they are :-
a730, a731, a733 and a734.

Different versions of loader may improve 'Green Screen' HDMI handshake problems found on some televisions, a link to the hummy.tv discussion can be found [https://hummy.tv/forum/threads/hdmi-issue-with-bravia.8203/page-2#post-116204 '''HERE''']

==M4==

GNU M4 is an implementation of the traditional Unix macro processor. More notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/ '''HERE''']

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in, to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP Media Server, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in. There is a user Guide [http://mediatomb.cc/pages/documentation '''HERE''']

==Mongoose==

Mongoose was the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package used to present Web pages, it has been replaced by Lighttpd.

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Multi-mode==

[[Multi-mode_Recording | '''See Guide HERE''']]

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 of the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

*Allows recording directly to a USB drive on the HDR
*Allows files on a USB drive to be served via DLNA (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc).

'''Notes'''

#The "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")
#Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.
#Wake up On LAN (WOL) is available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds. A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script
#If option ShareFolder = off, the mount will appear in the USB section and either a real USB device or virtual2 must be installed
#If option ShareFolder = on, the mount will appear under 'My Video'
[[File:warning-anim.gif|100px|left]]
''' DELETING THE MY VIDEO/[SHARES] FOLDER WILL DELETE FILES ON YOUR REMOTE COMPUTER / LAPTOP/ NAS ETC. '''

To safely remove the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder :-
#Delete the configuration file created in [ModSettings]/NFS or [Modsettings]/SMB
#reboot the Humax
#Ensure there are no active shares in the [Shares] folder
#Turn off the remote device holding the shared files
#Delete the [Shares] DO NOT DELETE folder

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==New Portal==

This package adds a new front-end to the standard Humax TV Portal, See guide [[Custom_TV_Portal | ''' HERE''']]

==Newk==

This utility will create a folder on the hard disk with a chosen prefix removed, in order to tidy-up the folder title, so for example when recording a new series called "New: The Walking Dead" a folder will be created called "The Walking Dead" and all new recordings will be placed into it, if the prefix "New: " is placed in Webif >> Settings >> Automatic Series Prefix Removal settings.

Note:- Existing series folder will not be renamed by the Newk package

==Nicesplice==

A recorded program editing utility, See [[Edit_On_Box | '''Edit On box Guide''']], Nicesplice also 'Shrinks' the file using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Stripts|'''Stripts''']]

==Nsplice==

Nsplice is supplied with the '''[[DetectAds]]''' package, it is a version of the Nicesplice program modified to accept commands from stdin instead of the command line and to make the output recording visible as it is processed to permit chase playing. The .nts for the -dec file input to splice is a hard link to the .nts for the input recording.

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can only read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==NTFS Progs==

This utility contains diagnostic tools and a utililty to format a partition as NTFS

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection or your Humax doesn't keep good time. Ntpclient runs with the -l option which also adjusts the time in between system boots.

Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==Nugget==

Nugget framework, handles a number of utilities sent from the commeand line, current option are :-

<pre>
nugget <command>
ping - Test nugget connectivity.
status - Show nugget status and version.
schedule.load - Load recording schedule from disk.
schedule.save - Save recording schedule to disk.
schedule.slot - Update timers for schedule slot.
schedule.db - sqlite3 database handle info.
schedule.epg - Display EPG information for slot.
schedule.timers - Show internal timers.
cryptokey - Set or display encryption key.
</pre>

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg download auto-unprotect HID= download current version of a remote package (Version number not allowed)

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Opkg-beta==

When this package is installed beta versions of installed packages will be made available in 'Package Management >> Upgrades' screen

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor. On-line User Manual [http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/manual/parted.html#Introduction '''HERE]

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

NOTE:- This package was replaced by the Boot-Settings package with the release of Webif 1.4

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed, After installing the Poweron-Channel package, select options in Web-If >> Settings >> Settings for poc package >> Click here for settings

*Power-On Channel = Selected TV Channel for start-up (See note 1)
*Volume = 0-20 or Last Audio Volume
*Power-On Channel Group = Select Favourites List or None

*Disable Subtitles on every boot (See Note 3)
*Turn the DLNA server on at every boot (See Note 3)

'''NOTES'''
# Ensure that the selected Poweron TV channel is included in the selected Favourite group
#A scheduled wake-up will use the channel set in the on-TV menus at Settings>>Preferences>>Time>>Channel not the Power-On Channel settings
# Only available by editing /mod/boot/pox using Diagnostics >> File Editor (details below)
# The parameters set by Poweron-Channel are contained in the /var/lib/humaxtv/setup.db database, other items may be added to the pox file from this database, but please use extreme caution, their functions are not fully understood
<pre>
humax# cat /mod/boot/pox
# Poweron-channel additional options.

# Example: uncomment the following line to disable subtitles on every boot
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:SUBTITLE_DISPLAY_F:1

# Example: uncomment the following line to turn the DLNA server on at each
# boot in case it has been turned off.
#TBL_MENUCONFIG:DMS_START_ON:1

</pre>

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and side-car files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Python==

A package that adds the Python programming language

==Python Setuptools==

Setup tools including Easy_Install for the Python programming language, see notes [[http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools#using-setuptools-and-easyinstall|'''HERE''']]

==Qtube==

Simple webif to queue youtube downloads to run in the Auto process queue, see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Youtube-dl | '''Youtube-dl''']]

==Recmon==

Utility for executing another process whenever a recording starts or finishes

Recmon runs every script in /mod/etc/recmon.d in response to events. The order that they are run in is not guaranteed (they actually run in parallel).
The commands are run with two arguments, a switch saying which event triggered this and the base name of the recording file (no extension).

e.g.

/mod/etc/recmon.d/test -start "/media/My Video/path/to/recording"

Flags are -start, -stop, -move and -delete. Usually -move is called twice, once for the source location and once for the destination.

Examples
<pre>
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -start "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
/mod/etc/recmon.d/auto-unprotect -stop "/media/My Video/The Resident_20150520_0007"
</pre>

==Rc app bridge==

Utility that enables the Humax HDR-Fox T2 to be controlled by the TV Remote App. (supplied by Humax) that runs on the I-Phone, the same App. is also available on the Android platform, however version HMARG 1.0.4 does not appear to work with this package

'''Notes'''
* This package requires Content Share to be enabled

==Real Time Scheduling (RTS)==

When the Custom Firmware was developed, Scheduled events created in the Web-If or Via Remote Scheduling were placed into a pending queue and only moved into the main schedule on the next boot or reboot, In Web-If version 1.3.2-1 and later, it is possible to automatically progress from the 'Pending' stage directly to a fully scheduled stage without the Humax having to perform a boot cycle. This option can be enabled / disabled with the :- Settings >> Advanced Settings >> Real Time Scheduling Yes / No option

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE i.e. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Playback Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE i.e. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY i.e. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

'''Notes'''

*Redring can cause slight delay of Remote Control key presses, e.g. Pause etc.
*Problems writing to the /mod/tmp/redring.log will be listed in the /var/log/humaxtv.log after diagnostics >> debugtv is run

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

'''Notes'''

*The renumber settings appears under the "reorder" section of the settings page on the Web-If
*The [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tunefix | '''Tune Fix''']] package has replaced the Renumber package

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==rs==

Command line tool that carries out a number of functions relating to the Remote Scheduling service, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# rs
Humax Remote Scheduling Tool v1.3.1, by af123, 2011-2015.

Syntax: rs [options] <command>...

Options:
-d[level] Set debug level.
-D<seconds> Sleep for random(seconds).
-h Show help text.
-i Show detected machine info.
-q Be more quiet.

Commands:
register <email> Register this device.
push Push scheduled events.
cmd Retrieve next queued command.
ack <id> Acknowledge command <id>.
status Show device registration status.
log <msg> Send log message to server.
epg Distributed EPG management.

</pre>

==rs time==

Command line utility that returns a number in seconds, that indicates the time offset between your Humax unit and the Remote Servers time

==RMA==

The Return to MAnufacturer Web-If option under [[Diagnostic_Utilities |'''Diagnostics''']] removes Custom Firmware files from the internal hard disk drive of the HDR Fox T2, following an RMA the user should re-install a version of official Humax Software to complete the 'Out of the Box' status of the Humax

'''Notes'''
* After running the procedure, 'RMA' will be displayed in the front panel display, this message should be removed after the official Humax Software is installed, however if the message is still present, it is possible to remove it by running the [[#DeRMA | '''DeRMA''']] USB package
* More options for removing the Custom Firmware are detailed in the [[Remove_Modified_Firmware | '''Remove Modified Firmware''']] page

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

This [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Cron|'''cronjob''']] example would run at 01:05 each day, keeping the internal and external disks in sync - you just need to ensure the box is on at that time via a reminder or other mechanism.

 5 1 * * * /mod/bin/rsync --archive --delete-after --log-file=/mod/tmp/rsync.log /media/My\ Video/ /media/drive1/Video/ 

The Custom Firmware and Humax setup can be copied from an existing Humax to a new Humax by installing the rsync and dropbear packages on both units and then entering Maintenance Mode on the new Humax and sending the following two command lines :-

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/var/lib/humaxtv/ /var/lib/humaxtv/ 

 rsync -avr <ip address of old humax>:/mnt/hd2/mod/ /mnt/hd2/mod/ 

[http://ss64.com/bash/rsync.html '''More Info.''']

==rt3070==

This package was a replacement wireless driver which allowed for a wider range of wireless dongle vendor types, it was removed from the packages list because version 1.0 is not compatible with the latest 1.03.XX versions of Custom firmware

==Safe Mode==

Safe Mode is a package loaded onto the Humax via USB in the same way as a software upgrade, it temporarily switches off most Custom Firmware components (apart from a small web server that allows you to get back out of safe more when you want), there is a package called enablesafemode.spk to turn this feature on and another called disablesafemode.spk to turn it back off, they are available frrom the [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Firmware Download page''']]

'''Note''' if you have altered the encryption keys on your humax that any recordings made in safe mode will be made using the standard encryption and won't be, automatically, viewable when you return to normal mode.

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

To map a network drive in windows :-

#Click Start, click My Network Places, click Entire Network, and then double-click Microsoft Windows Network.
#Double-click the domain that you want to open.
#Double-click the computer that has the shared resource you want to map. All the shared resources for that computer automatically appear in the window.
#Right-click the shared drive or folder that you want to map, and then click Map Network Drive.
#Click the drive letter that you want to use, and then specify whether you want to reconnect every time that you log on to your computer.
#Note Network drives are mapped by using letters starting from the letter Z. This is the default drive letter for the first mapped drive you create. However, you can select another letter if you want to use a letter other than Z.

Drive sizes can be incorrectly reported, to avoid this set path = /media/My Video in the /mod/etc/smb.conf file

'''Tips'''

#Ensure Samba is enabled in Web-If >> Service Management
#If the Windows 'WORKGROUP' has been changed from default, edit file /mod/etc/smb.conf to match the new name

==Schedchk==

Check scheduled recordings against EPG and reschedule, if possible, entries that don't match the EPG

See the [[Schedchk|user guide]] for further details

==Scons==

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool—that is, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic Make utility with integrated functionality similar to autoconf/automake and compiler caches such as ccache. In short, SCons is an easier, more reliable and faster way to build software

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plug-in shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Maze
>>>
|[[File:Maze.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plug-ins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTES:-'''
*The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed
*If screensaver-all is installed, it must be uninstalled before other screensaver plug-ins are uninstalled
*If any of the screensaver Plug-ins are uninstalled the display will default to Humax Default

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

'''NOTE'''

'''The Series Filer package is no longer supported, the functions it carried out can be replicated by the [[sweeper | '''Sweeper''']] package, the following notes have been retained for reference only.'''

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The early versions of Series Filer were not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory was not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer versions before 0.2.2 with any version of the Undelete package, version 0.2.2 and above are safe to use

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Sidecar==

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Sidecar Files

Recreates sidecar files .hmt and .nts from a .ts source file.

Command line options :-
<pre>
sidecar v2.5, a utility for the Humax HD/HDR Fox T2, by raydon (c) 2014-2018
Usage: sidecar [-options] <recording name minus .ts extension>

-n : Create new .nts file
-h : Create new or update existing .hmt file
-x : Exclude Prog/PMT ID's from .hmt file
-c : <Channel number for .hmt file>
-t : <Channel name for .hmt file>
-p : Display progress bar
-i : Display infomation

Enclose recording or channel name in quotes if they contain spaces or special characters e.g. &.

humax#
</pre>

'''NOTES'''
# The Sidecar package must be installed using the Web-If >> Main screen >> Package Management >> Available screen
# TS files must be decrypted before running Sidecar, If the TS is encrypted see note 5 below
#Source video not native to the HDR/HD Fox T2, or that has been processed using some third party application may not be compatible
#There are versions of sidecar complied for Linux and Windows platforms [[Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities | '''Here''']]
# if the ts file is encrypted, the package will create dummy hmt and nts files to allow the file to be decrypted i.e :-
*Use Sidecar to create the dummy hmt and nts files
*Once indexed by the DLNA server, manually decrypt via 'Opt+' menu in Web-If
*When the TS file is decrypted, simply run Sidecar again to create hmt and nts files providing full transport control.
*There is no need to delete the dummy hmt or nts files since sidecar will detect these, and replace them with valid files
*Sidecar can recreate valid hmt and nts file for both video and radio recordings

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite3==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc. With readline support (arrow key editing and history)

==SRT==

The Humax is able to play subtitles for MP4 and AVI files if the subtitle information is contained in an *.srt file, the following conditions must be met :-

*The srt file must have the same title as the video file e.g. Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.srt for Fawlty-Towers-S1E3.avi
*The .srt file needs to be saved as a text file specifically with ANSI encoding to avoid using fonts that are licensed

'''Notes'''

1) Windows Notepad will produce a ANSI encoded srt file

2) Saving the .srt file with UTF-7 encoding is reported to be more compatible with the Humax

3)A method for extracting SRT files from a Humax *.TS file has been documented on the Hummy.tv forum [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/quick-guide-to-extract-dvb-subtitles-from-ts-hd-file-and-convert-to-srt-in-minutes.6625/ '''HERE''']

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Status==

A Command line (Telnet) command that shows what the Humax is (and will be) doing, e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# status
Recording Pretty Woman_20121201_2310
Watching 12: Dave - Would I Lie to You? (23:00 - 23:40) [7%]
Will record 'The Omen' on Film4 at 23:15
</pre>
Note :- The same information is also displayed automatically on several Web-If screens e.g. The Main Screen and the Remote screen

==Strace==

Strace (System Trace) is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux. It is used to monitor interactions between processes and the Linux kernel, which include system calls, signal deliveries, and changes of process state.

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

<pre>
Humax TS Stripper Tool v1.4.2, by af123, 2012-18.

Syntax: stripts [options] <input> [output]
-a Analyse an input file.
-A Quickly analyse an input file.
-c Check if there are any EIT packets.
-C Show address of first EIT packet.
-D Dump NTS file.
-E Check if file is encrypted.
-f Also fix PAT packets.
-F Only fix PAT packets.
-T Dump TS file.
-v Verbose.
-X Add bookmarks at programme start/end.
-Z Extract EPG data from recording (incomplete).
-z Analyse entire TS file.
-@ <key> Decrypt recording with <key>.
-/ <key> Check encryption key against recording. (* See NOTE Below)
-d [level] Increase debug level or set debug level.

* NOTE :- This option has been reported to return "Incorrect" when using the correct key in the Windows version
</pre>

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

 stripts -S filename HI = demux the raw audio stream into a file-name.audio file

'''NOTE'''
Version 1.4.0 and above of strips also has a file decryption facility, this facility works on both Standard Definition and High Definition recordings and does not require Hi-Def recordings to have the 'ENC' flag removed with the Auto-Unprotect package, it does not require a DLNA URL to be allocated or the DLNA server to be running on the Humax, here is an example of a command line decryption using Stripts :-

<pre>
stripts -@@ <input> <output>

stripts -@ 000378bd11f336333731303434393630 "input file name" "output file name"
</pre>

1) In the first example above -@@ automatically inserts the resident Humax encryption key, (When the process is run on the original Humax recorder)

2) The Second example above is used when the decryption is being carried out on a different Humax unit (or on a computer), the original unit's encryption key must be entered, e.g :- for a MAC address of 00-03-78-bd-11-f3 and a serial number of 6371044960-1234, enter 000378bd11f3 followed by the first 10 digits of the serial number in hexidecimal e.g. 36333731303434393630 (adding a '3' before each digit from the serial number)

Here is a key compiled from the info. on the Humax label (Bottom panel) :-

[[File:Humax-Key.png|300px|thumb|left]]

"input file name" and "output file name" are full *.ts file names, up to, but not including the .ts (Quotes are required for name with spaces)

There are versions of stripts that can perform offline decryption on various computer platforms including :- Linux, MacOSX and Windows etc., (NOTE :- The Windows version also requires cygwin1.dll) [https://wiki.hummy.tv/wiki/Customised_Firmware_-_Features_Available#Miscellaneous_Software_Utilities '''See Link HERE''']

==Swapper==

Swapper is a utility to change the Humax's swap file size to 128

==Sweeper==

Sweeper is a package which re-locates recordings under My Video and files them away automatically for you according to specified criteria, Sweeper can also replicate the Series Filer and flatten packages

There is a comprehensive guide to the Sweeper Graphical User Interface [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

'''Command Line operation'''

Sweeper rules can also be generated manually by editting the /mod/etc/sweeper.conf file, available from Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File editor

Example 1)

 action {move "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (which must exist)

 action {movecreate "archive/miscellaneous"} HI = Move all single files into a folder called archive/miscellaneous (folder will be created)

Example 2)

 lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous} HI = Move single files from channels 70 - 79 to Children/Miscellaneous folder

 action {move _misc} HI = Move all remaining single files into a folder called _misc

Example 3)

 action {movecreate(Test-%genre-%definition-%title-%channel-%lcn-%duration-%timestamp)} HI = Expanded to Test-Entertainment-SD-Tim Minchin and the Heritage...-Channel 4-4-87-20130824233802]

Example 4)

 folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"} HI = Move the contents of a series created folder to an existing sub folder e.g. from /Octonauts to /Children/Octonauts/Series 3

Example 5)

 folder action {fileunder ""} HI = emulates the old seriesfiler package

Example 6)

Notes :-
*lines starting with '#' are comments
*A full list of commands are detailed in the Sweeper Guide [[sweeper | '''HERE''']]

<pre>
# Sweep single Big Bang episodes into the series folder
lcn 4 title "Big Bang" action {move "The Big Bang Theory"}
# Move anything recorded from a children's channel to the Miscellaneous folder
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} duration {>= 90} lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} genre Film lock 1 action {move Children/Films}
lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {move Children/Miscellaneous}
folder title {Octonauts} action {move "Children/Octonauts/Series 3"}
folder lcn {>= 70} lcn {<= 79} action {fileundercreate Children}
title {Formula 1} action {move F1}
</pre>

==Subtitles==
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#SRT | '''See SRT''']]

==Swifi==

A utility that can retrieve and display your current Wi-fi configuration, it's location is :- /sbin/swifi

==Sysmon==
[[File:HDD-Temp.png|right|150px]]
[[File:CPU.png|right|150px]]
[[File:network.png|right|150px]]
A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days. All graphs have a zoom feature which is implemented with a mouse 'click / drag' or a touchscreen 'pinch / expand'

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

*Network Utilisation

Displays a graph showing Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors, options are to display last 2 / 5 hours or 1 / 10 / 30 Days

The data used to build the graphs is held in file /mod/monitor/monitor.db, currently the tables include :-
#SMART = Hard disk sector relocation information (Not currently displayed as a graph)
#Temp = the Hard Disk Temperature information
#Vmstat = CPU Utilisation data for Idle, Wait, User, System
#Net = Network Utilisation for Inbound, Outbound, In-Errors and Out-Errors
#State = state (Not currently displayed as a graph)

'''Note''' You can reset the database with Web-If >> Diagnostics >> sysmon/purge >> Run Diagnostic

==System Flush==

The System Flush Update File is a package that is installed in the same way as a firmware update to perform a full system flush and reset, it reformats the areas of flash used for persistent data like the schedule, there are two of these flash areas and they use the JFFS2 filesystem.

The package is designed to assist recovery from crash/reboot loops.Your recordings will not be affected.'NB: This will also clear most CFW package settings.

==TCL Check==

Utilities for syntax checking TCL (or Jim) files

==Tcpfix==

This package Modifys the TCP stack to fix download problems that appears to be related to RFC1323 TCP window scaling in the Linux 2.6.18 kernel that the Humax uses

==TCP Ping==

Simple TCP ping utility.

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' set-up notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''
*The Humax has a Built-In Telnet Welcome Screen, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Tmenu | '''Tmenu''']] for details

==Telnet Commands==

The majority of Unix / Linux command line keywords can be used on the Humax, if you are not familiar with them, there are a few of the more basic commands and their meanings here :-
* cd = change directory, used to navigate around the file structure
* cd "/media/My Video" = navigate to the top level of My Video
* pwd = print working directory, tells you where you are in the file structure
* ls -al = list contents of the current directory
* touch "/media/My Video/dummy.ts" = create an empty file called dummy.ts in the My Video directory

==Tempmon==

This package checks the HDD temperature every three minutes and will raise a warning if a configurable thresholds is exceeded, the warning is displayed on the HDR-Fox T2's front panel and the centre 'button' flashes. The Setting >> Tempmon page shows the current Hard Disk temperature and has defaults as follows :- Alert If = 50, Attempt to go into standby if = 60 and Immediate power off If = 70 Deg C

'''Note''' If the Fan package is not installed the normal Humax routine will turn the fan on at 56 Deg C, so it is suggested that 'Alert If' should be set to 60 Deg C and the other two parameters are set to 65 and 70 Deg C

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tmenu==

This built-in package adds a menu to the Telnet Login screen Menu

Enter 0000 for system PIN. Note:- this is the default
<pre>
Menu Version 1.13
Enter System PIN :

/-------------------------\
| T E L N E T M E N U |
\-------------------------/

[ Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03 ] or [Humax HD-Fox T2 (humaxhd) 1.02.29/2.15]

1 - Restart into maintenance mode.
2 - Remove web interface password.
stat - Show what the box is currently doing.
x - Exit and close connection.
rset - Reset custom firmware environment.
srma - Set return-to-manufacturer (RMA) mode.
diag - Run a diagnostic.
cli - System command line (advanced users).

Please select option:

</pre>

NOTE :- It is possible to skip the above Menu and go directly to the Command Line Interface by selecting Expert mode telnet server = On in the Web-If >> Settings >> Advanced Settings

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

To create or add to a blocklist go to Transmission >> Preferences (Bottom left 'Spanner') >> Peers >> Blocklist and Enable Blocklist, then go to a block list site such as http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php and copy an Update URL e.g. http://list.iblocklist.com/?list=bt_level1&fileformat=p2p&archiveformat=gz from there to the Block list URL box and click on Update, This process can be repeated to build up bigger lists

It is also possible to place *.txt files containing blocklists into the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.

==Transportx==

This package enhances the transport function of the Humax after installing (and a system re-boot), the pause button gains a new function, after the initial pause further presses of this button will step the paused image forward by a single frame (approx. 1/25 second), press play to resume normal viewing

After the SLOW button is pressed, the following functions are also available :-

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/4 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/8 fwd
*Ffwd button: x1/16 fwd

*Slow button: x1/2 fwd
*Rew button: x1 rew
*Rew button: x1/2 rew *
*Rew button: x1/4 rew
*Rew button: x1/8 rew *

Press play to exit

* It has been reported that these options may not be available

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TSTools==

A set of tools for manipulating TS files, they include :-
[[File:Tstools.jpg|left|400px]]

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Tunefix==
[[File:tunefix.png|right]]
Tunefix restores a user's settings after a retune has been run, the 5 Keywords are :-

*'''REGION''' to be used (channels from other regions will be removed)
*'''LCN''' (s) by number and/or range will be removed
*'''NAME''' services by name will be removed
*'''MUX''' (s) (all channels from these MUXs will be removed)
*'''FORCE''' named services to the correct LCN

'''Note''' Multiple Regions, LCNs, MUXs are separated by commas

==Tunefix Update==

Automatic channel deletion and fixing after a retune.

==TV Diary==

tvdiary is an add-on to the web interface. It tracks the TV programs you record and watch, and presents a diary view through the web interface, See Full Guide[[ TV_Diary | '''HERE''']]

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

New Note:- This package is no longer supported, with the addition to the Web-If of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Auto-Dedup|'''auto-decrypt''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Enable_Recursive_Auto-Decrypt|'''recursive auto-decrypt''']] these new functions are recommended in place of Unencrypt due to them being more robust and having more sanity checks

The function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

Settings can be changed in :- Web-If >> Settings >> Undelete Settings, e.g. :-

*Dustbin Name
*Remove files from dustbin after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 days
*Reduce retention time to 0 days if disk space < 10GiB (configurable)

A Log records delete activity at /mod/tmp/empty_dustbin.log

Setting are contained in /mod/webif/plugin/undelete/user.conf

==Version==

Command line (Via Telnet) utility to display various Web-If version numbers, e.g. :-
<pre>
humax# version

Humax HDR Fox T2 (humax)
Humax Version: 1.03.12 (kernel HDR_CFW_3.00)
Custom firmware version: 3.00 (build 2137)
Web interface version: 1.2.1
Serial Number: 12 3456789 12345

humax#
</pre>

==Vfdtest==
[[File:front-icons2.png|right|200px]]

This utility turns on all segments of the Humax front display (Vacuum Fluorescent Display)

Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Run Diagnostic >> vfdtest (available in pull down menu). This will force the display to set all segments to 'on' for 30 seconds, followed by all segments off

'''NOTE:- ''' normal display will return after the Humax is placed in standby

Command Line Version :-

 vfdtest on HIDE Set Display to All segments On

 vfdtest off HIDE Set Display to All Segments off

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared. Any copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

'''Note:- For new installations, Virtual-Disk2 is now recommended in place of this package'''

==Virtual-Disk2==

The original Virtual-Disk package (See Above) required a physical USB drive to be in place before the virtual drive could be seen, this new version removes this requirement by creating a drive called 'Virtual-USB', as with a 'real' USB drive, you will get an on-screen display each time the system is started, giving USB options

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the backup folder e.g. /mod/var/backup/auto-2013-Feb-22-18:06.rbk

NOTE : An auto-schedule-restore backup, is a seperate file held in /mod/boot/schedule.ab

===Change Channel===

Web-If >> EPG >> Grid Style or Now and Next >> Click on a Channel Logo icon

A Change Channel? question box will pop-up, if you click on 'Yes' the Humax will change the 'Live' tuned channel to the selected channel

Note :- This option requires that the ir Custom Firmware package is installed

===Change Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Series Recording) >> Change Folder

Allows the name of a Series Recording folder to be changed, not valid on a single recording

===Cleanup Old Recording (Schedules)===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Cleanup Old Recordings (at the bottom of the screen)

Allows all entries in the schedule that have no Start Time to be deleted, Humax normally auto-deletes these entries after 12 Weeks.

'''Note:-''' As the EPG is only 7/8 days long caution should be used when deleting scheduled entries that are transmitted less frequently e.g. fortnightly

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Create Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> More >> Create Folder

Create a new folder destination for future recordings, See also [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Change_Folder | ''' Change Folder]] where you can change the default folder name

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===
[[File:crop.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Delete===

Remove file, folder, item from a recording schedule etc., depending on where the option is encountered

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTES:-
* both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted
* Decrypt requires [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Content_Sharing |'''Content sharing''']] to be turned on

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Detect Adverts===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Detect Adverts

Add bookmarks to a recording where adverts are detected, so that they can be cropped

===Disable AR===

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> (Click on 'More' for a Recording) >> Disable AR

Allows the default [[Padding_versus_Accurate_Recording|'''Accurate Recording''']] feature to be replaced with Padding on a 'per-recording' basis, in a further drop down menu start and stop padding times can be entered

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Enable Auto-Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Audio

Automatically extract an MP3 audio file from all recordings placed in this folder

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Enable Auto Expire===
[[File:autoexp.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Expire

Automatically delete files in a selected folder a pre-set number of days after recording e.g.1 to 999 days or when above a total number of recordings, Note :- If the Undelete package is installed, the files will be placed in the [Deleted folder] first

===Bookmarks===
[[File:bookmarks.png|right|150px]]
Add, remove and edit bookmarks manually

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Bookmarks

===Enable Auto-MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-MPG

Automatically extract MPG copys of the *.TS files in the same folder, the MPG versions strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Recursive Auto-Shrink===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Decrypt===

As above but it but it also works on all folders below the selected folder

===Enable Recursive Auto-Dedup (command line)===

NOTE :- This is not available from the Web-If as it may not be a good idea. Not all series are amenable to auto-dedup and if the broadcaster uses the same programme title for each episode then all but one will be flagged as duplicates.

However, if you wish, you can enable this option from the command line by creating an .autodedupr file, e.g.

touch "/mod/My Video/Kids/.autodedupr" 

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is in a format sometimes called MPEG-2 Audio, not the more common Layer 3 audio, although some MP3 players will accept this format, a greater number of MP3 players require the layer 3 format, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out on the Humax due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Extract to MPG is only available from Standard Definition Files
*The equivalent command line would be:-
<pre>
ffmpeg -y -benchmark -v 0 -i <ts file> -map 0:0 -map 0:1 -vcodec copy -acodec copy <mpg file>
</pre>

===Enable Auto-mpg===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Folder) >> OPT+ >> Enable Auto-mpg

As above but working on every file in a selected folder

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Manual Event===
[[File:manual-event.png|thumb|right]]
Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Manual Event

Allows the set up of a manual recording or reminder, options include:-
*Create : One-off, Daily, weekly,Weekday, Weekend
*Create : Recording or Reminder
*From : Date/Time to: Date/Time
*Channel : Number / Name
*Event Title : Defaults to Channel Name

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Network Settings===
[[File:network-settings.png|thumb]]
Web-If MAIN >> Settings >> Network Settings

This option provides a Web-If alternative to entering Ethernet Interface and Wireless Interface parameters into the standard Humax Settings screen. The Web-If Wireless Interface screen has several advantages over the standard Humax one e.g :-
*Allows a wider range of ascii characters e.g. "%#<>" to be entered for passwordphrases
*Overcomes time restrictions when entering long passphrases / Keys
'''Notes'''
*Web-If 1.2.0-3 or later must be running
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected, run /sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']]
*To enable a wireless network when an Ethernet cable is connected and Wireless Helper is installed run /mod/sbin/wifi-up from [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#CLI |'''CLI''']] to shutdown the Ethernet interface when bringing up the wireless interface

===New Folder===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> New Folder

Creates a new empty folder, into which recorded files can be moved

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename (File)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Click on Single File) >> Rename

Enables the following fields to be changed / added to a single file :-

*New Filename
*New Medialist Title
*New Synopsis
*New Guidance Text
*New Genre

===Rename (Folder)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Rename

Enables a folder to be re-named

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Set Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Set Thumbnail

Change the current on-screen Thumbnail picture for one of 5 pictures covering a 2.5 Second time frame, the centre frame time can be offset from 0 - 99999 seconds, there is also a -30, -5, +5 and +30 second 'nudge' that can be added to the offset.

'''Notes'''
* The Set Thumbnail option will be greyed out if the file is not decrypted first
* High Definition files have 3 pictures covering a 1.5 Second time frame
* Thumbnails may take some time to generate on Hi-Def Files
* If a bookmark is present the thumbnail selections will centre on it

===Sidecar Files===

see [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sidecar | '''Sidecar''']]

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording, it also updates the associated .nts sidecar file on the fly so that the trick play functions still work on the resulting recording

===Sweeper Rules===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Sweeper Rules

View / Edit the Sweeper Rules for this folder. Note this option will only be displayed if the sweeper package is installer

===Toggle no-sweep flag===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> Folder >> OPT+ >> Toggle no-sweep flag

Disable / enable the sweeper rule generated for this folder

===View Thumbnail===

Web-If MAIN >> Browse Media Files >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> View Thumbnail

View current on-screen Thumbnail picture

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Webif Style Sheet==

The web interface allow you to set your own style overrides in a style sheet file called EXTRA.css, it is located at /mod/webif/html/css/EXTRA.css and is selectable from the Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor drop down menu. Lines added to this file can change some aspects of how the Web Interface is presented to the user e.g. the following lines will prevent genre, guidance (all occurrences) or channel icons being displayed :-
<pre>
img.genre { display: none; }
img[src^="/img/Guidance"] { display: none; }
img.browsechannel { display: none; }
</pre>

Change the size of the pie chart:-

<pre>
#tbdiskpie
{
width: 100px;
height: 100px;
}

.tbdiskpie
{
top: 7px !important;
}
</pre>

Add Borders to Web-If Pages :-
<pre>
table.schedule { border-spacing: 2px; }
table.schedule tr > * { border: 1px solid; }
</pre>

Change font colour or size :-
<pre>
table.schedule td * { color: black; }
table.schedule td { font-size: 1.1em; }
</pre>

Change Icon size
<pre>
img.button { height: 50px; }
</pre>

Remove EPG 'Go to Top' arrow :-

<pre>
#toTop, #toTopHover
{
background: transparent !important;
display: none !important;
opacity: 100 !important;
}
</pre>

Remove EPG ENC icons

<pre>
img.epgenc { display: none; }
</pre>

==Webshell==

After installing this package, an extra icon will be added to the Main Menu >> Diagnostics page at the bottom right, after a re-boot, this will allow access to a Humax Command line similar to using Telnet access

==webm==

This is an audiovisual media file format, if you download files in this format from YouTube (See Youtube-dl), the video and audio may be separated into two files, It is possible to merge these files using ffmpeg, if you download the *.webm video only file and rename it in_vid.webm and download the *.m4a file and rename it in_aud.m4a then the following ffmpeg command line will merge them for you :-
<pre>
ffmpeg -i in_aud.m4a -i in_vid.webm -acodec copy -vcodec copy output.avi
</pre>

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

'''Notes:-'''
*There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version
*Both the Busybox and the current stand alone versions of wget (1.12) may fail on websites that demand newer versions of TLS/SSL than the ones supported

When attempting to download a Custom Firmware package specifying a version number, an error will be produced unless the -U option is used, eg :-
<pre>
wget -U "" http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/at_3.1.18_mipsel.opk
</pre>

The use of "opkg download" with a specifed version number will also fail

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal| '''HERE''']]

==Youtube-dl==

This pacakage uses a command line to download videos from Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV Hub etc., in the following example, a 4K test video is downloaded from YouTube :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
</pre>

The above downloads a 720 line version of the file which is pretty useless when testing 2176 lines, however it is possible to list all available video formats using the -F option :-

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -F https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[info] Available formats for SlLFOrWvY_M:
format code extension resolution note
249 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 50k, 26.87KiB
250 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @ 70k, 26.87KiB
251 webm audio only DASH audio 3k , opus @160k, 26.87KiB
171 webm audio only DASH audio 6k , vorbis@128k, 22.21KiB
140 m4a audio only DASH audio 145k , m4a_dash container, mp4a.40.2@128k, 932.03KiB
278 webm 256x144 144p 34k , webm container, vp9, 13fps, video only, 184.31KiB
242 webm 426x240 240p 44k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 248.03KiB
160 mp4 256x144 144p 50k , avc1.42c00c, 13fps, video only, 257.52KiB
134 mp4 640x360 360p 74k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 417.64KiB
243 webm 640x360 360p 78k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 433.50KiB
133 mp4 426x240 240p 87k , avc1.4d4015, 25fps, video only, 480.96KiB
244 webm 854x480 480p 116k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 633.67KiB
135 mp4 854x480 480p 117k , avc1.4d401e, 25fps, video only, 656.08KiB
136 mp4 1280x720 720p 191k , avc1.4d401f, 25fps, video only, 1.04MiB
247 webm 1280x720 720p 203k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.08MiB
137 mp4 1920x1080 1080p 312k , avc1.640028, 25fps, video only, 1.71MiB
248 webm 1920x1080 1080p 357k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 1.89MiB
271 webm 2560x1440 1440p 609k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 3.20MiB
313 webm 3840x2160 2160p 1122k , vp9, 25fps, video only, 5.88MiB
17 3gp 176x144 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2@ 24k, 272.97KiB
36 3gp 320x180 small , mp4v.20.3, mp4a.40.2, 1004.79KiB
43 webm 640x360 medium , vp8.0, vorbis@128k, 589.88KiB
18 mp4 640x360 medium , avc1.42001E, mp4a.40.2@ 96k, 1.61MiB
22 mp4 1280x720 hd720 , avc1.64001F, mp4a.40.2@192k (best)
</pre>

you can then select the required version of the video with the -f option

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
</pre>

NOTE:- the required download file is named *.webm this file won't be visible from the remote control OPT+ copy/move lisings, but is visible via Telnet / FTP etc., you can rename the file to something like 4K-test.mp4 before viewing directly on your 4K TV (not via the HD only Humax)

To combine video only and audio only files into a single file use the following option (Video MUST be the first item, e.g. 313)

<pre>
Humax2# youtube -f "313+171" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlLFOrWvY_M

[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading webpage
[youtube] SlLFOrWvY_M: Downloading video info webpage
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm
[download] 100% of 5.88MiB in 00:12
[download] Destination: /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm
[download] 100% of 22.21KiB in 00:00
[ffmpeg] Merging formats into "/mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.webm"
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f313.webm (pass -k to keep)
Deleting original file /mnt/hd2/My Video/TobyFree.com - 4K UHD Test Pattern H.264 MP4.f171.webm (pass -k to keep)
</pre>

Youtube-dl has a config file at :- /mod/etc/youtube-dl.conf

Full reference notes are here :-

[https://github.com/rg3/youtube-dl/blob/master/README.md#readme '''Github Notes''']

A list of websites claimed to be working for the Windows version of Youtube-DL is here :-

[https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/supportedsites.html '''Available Sites''']

'''Mainsteam sites Working on the Humax Version'''

Youtube, BBC Iplayer, ITV-Hub, STV, dplay

'''Mainstream sites Not Working on the Humax Version'''

Channel4, My5, UKTVPlay

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

After installation the zeroconf package will participate in mDNS-like traffic so you can access the box by name from most operating systems. On some, like Apple and Linux, you would access it as humax.local (assuming humax is the hostname) and on others, like Windows, you can just use humax. Windows can also pick up the name to IP address mapping if you have Samba installed and running.

==Zip==

zip utilities for compressing files :-
<pre>
Humax HDR-Fox T2 (humax) 1.03.12/3.03

humax# zip
Copyright (c) 1990-2008 Info-ZIP - Type 'zip "-L"' for software license.
Zip 3.0 (July 5th 2008). Usage:
zip [-options] [-b path] [-t mmddyyyy] [-n suffixes] [zipfile list] [-xi list]
The default action is to add or replace zipfile entries from list, which
can include the special name - to compress standard input.
If zipfile and list are omitted, zip compresses stdin to stdout.
-f freshen: only changed files -u update: only changed or new files
-d delete entries in zipfile -m move into zipfile (delete OS files)
-r recurse into directories -j junk (don't record) directory names
-0 store only -l convert LF to CR LF (-ll CR LF to LF)
-1 compress faster -9 compress better
-q quiet operation -v verbose operation/print version info
-c add one-line comments -z add zipfile comment
-@ read names from stdin -o make zipfile as old as latest entry
-x exclude the following names -i include only the following names
-F fix zipfile (-FF try harder) -D do not add directory entries
-A adjust self-extracting exe -J junk zipfile prefix (unzipsfx)
-T test zipfile integrity -X eXclude eXtra file attributes
-y store symbolic links as the link instead of the referenced file
-e encrypt -n don't compress these suffixes
</pre>